Lodgy

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 258

Jaune Noir Noir texte

Welcome aboard your vehicle


This Driver’s Handbook contains the information necessary:
– for you to familiarise yourself with your vehicle, to use it to its best advantage and to benefit fully from the all the functions and
the technical developments it incorporates.
– to ensure that it always gives the best performance by following the simple, but comprehensive advice concerning regular main-
tenance.
– to enable you to deal quickly with minor faults not requiring specialist attention.
It is well worth taking a few minutes to read this handbook to familiarise yourself with the information and guidelines it contains
about the vehicle and its functions and new features. If certain points are still unclear, our Network technicians will be only too
pleased to provide you with any additional information.
The following symbol will help you when reading this handbook:

To indicate a hazard, danger or safety recommendation.

The descriptions of the models given in this handbook are based on the technical specifications at the time of writing. This hand-
book covers all items of equipment (both standard and optional) available for these models, but whether or not these are
fitted to the vehicle depends on the version, options selected and the country where the vehicle is sold.
This handbook may also contain information about items of equipment to be introduced later in the model year.
Throughout the manual, the “approved dealer” is your DACIA dealer.

Enjoy driving your new vehicle.

Translated from French. Copying or translation, in part or in full, is forbidden unless prior written permission has been obtained from the vehicle manufac-
turer.
0.1

ENG_UD24394_1
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_0 Bienvenue (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

0.2

ENG_UD37596_7
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_0 Filler NU (X06 - C06 - S06 - X35 - L35 - X44 - C44 - G44 - X45 - H45 - X65 - L65 - S65 - X73 - B73 - X74 - B74 - K74 - X77 - J77 - F77 - R77 - X81 - J81 - X84 - B84 - C84

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

C O N T E N T S
Sections

Getting to know your vehicle ............................... 1

Driving ................................................................... 2

Your comfort ......................................................... 3

Maintenance ......................................................... 4

Practical advice .................................................... 5

Technical specifications ...................................... 6

Alphabetical index ............................................... 7

0.3

ENG_UD35471_8
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_0 Sommaire Général (X06 - C06 - S06 - X35 - L35 - X44 - C44 - G44 - X45 - H45 - X65 - L65 - S65 - X73 - B73 - X74 - B74 - K74 - X77 - J77 - F77 - R77 - X81 - J81 - X84 -

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

0.4

ENG_UD37596_7
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_0 Filler NU (X06 - C06 - S06 - X35 - L35 - X44 - C44 - G44 - X45 - H45 - X65 - L65 - S65 - X73 - B73 - X74 - B74 - K74 - X77 - J77 - F77 - R77 - X81 - J81 - X84 - B84 - C84

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

Section 1: Getting to know your vehicle

Keys, radio frequency remote control: general information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2


Locking and unlocking the doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5
Automatic locking when driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.7
Opening and closing the doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.8
Headrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.10
Front seats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.11
Seat belts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.12
Methods of restraint in addition to the front seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.17
Side protection devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.21
Additional method of restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.22
Child safety: general information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.23
mounting a child seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.26
fitting a child seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.28
deactivating, activating the front passenger airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.36
Rear view mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.39
Driving position: left-hand drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.40
Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.42
Displays and indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.47
Trip computer and warning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.49
Steering wheel, Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.54
Exterior lighting and signals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.55
Adjusting the headlight beam height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.57
Audible and visual signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.58
Windscreen washer, wiper, De-icing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.59
Fuel tank (filling with fuel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.61
1.1

ENG_UD38220_8
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Sommaire 1 (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

KEYS, RADIO FREQUENCY REMOTE CONTROL: general information (1/2)

A B

4
1

Key A Radio frequency remote Driver’s responsibility


1 Coded key for ignition switch, doors control B
Never leave your vehicle
and fuel filler cap. 2 Locks all the opening elements. with the keys inside when
3 Unlocks all the opening elements. leaving a child (or animal)
in the car, even for a short period.
4 Coded key for ignition switch, driv-
er’s door and fuel filler cap. The reason for this is that the child
may endanger himself or others by
starting the engine, activating equip-
ment such as the window winders
for example, or locking the doors.
Risk of serious injury.

The key must not be used for any Advice


function other than those described
in the handbook (removing the cap Avoid leaving the remote control in
from a bottle, etc.). hot, cold or humid areas.

1.2

ENG_UD29226_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Clés / télécommande à radiofréquence: généralités (X67 - X92 - X52 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

KEYS, RADIO FREQUENCY REMOTE CONTROL: general information (2/2)


The remote control unit
operating range
This varies according to the environ-
ment. It is therefore important when
handling the remote control to ensure
that you do not lock or unlock the ve-
hicle by inadvertently pressing the but- Replacement and additional keys
tons. or remote controls
If you lose your remote control key
Interference or require another, you can obtain
The presence of certain objects (metal one from an approved dealer.
objects, mobile telephones, or an area If a remote control or key is re-
with strong electromagnetic radiation, placed, it will be necessary to take
etc.) close to the key may create inter- the vehicle and all of its remote
ference and affect the operation of the control keys to an authorised
system. dealer to reset them.
You may use up to four remote con-
trol keys per vehicle.

Remote control key failure


Make sure that the correct battery
type is being used, and that the
battery is in good condition and in-
serted correctly. These batteries
have a service life of approximately
two years.
Refer to the information on “Radio
frequency remote control: Batteries”
in Section 5.

1.3

ENG_UD29226_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Clés / télécommande à radiofréquence: généralités (X67 - X92 - X52 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

KEYS/RADIO FREQUENCY REMOTE CONTROL: use


Locking the doors
Press locking button 1.
The hazard warning lights and indica-
2 tor lights flash twice to indicate that the
doors have locked.
1 If a door or the tailgate is open or not
properly shut, the doors or tailgate lock
then quickly unlock and the hazard
warning lights and indicator lights do
not flash.

Unlocking the doors


Press unlocking button 2.
The hazard warning lights and indica- Driver’s responsibility
tor lights flash once to indicate that the Never leave your vehi-
doors have unlocked. cle with the key inside and
Note: if a door is not opened within never leave a child (or a
approximately 2 seconds of the door pet) unsupervised, even for a short
being unlocked by remote control, the while.
doors will lock again automatically. They may pose a risk to themselves
or to others by starting the engine,
activating equipment such as the
electric windows or by locking the
doors.
The key must not be used for any Risk of serious injury.
function other than those described
in the handbook (removing the cap
from a bottle, etc.).

1.4

ENG_UD29919_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Clé, télécommande à radiofréquence : utilisation (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING THE DOORS (1/2)

Manual control From the inside Locking the doors manually


(depending on vehicle) (depending on vehicle)
From the outside
Push in button 2 to lock and lift button 2 If the remote control does not work, you
Unlock the doors using the key in a to unlock. can manually lock each door.
door lock 1.
Turn screw 3 with the door open (using
the end of the key) and close the door.
This means that the doors are then
locked from the outside.
The doors may then only be opened
Driver’s responsibility from the inside or by using the key in
If you decide to keep the the front left-hand door.
doors locked when you are
driving, remember that it
Never leave your vehicle may be more difficult for those as-
with the key or remote con- sisting you to gain access to the
trol inside. passenger compartment in the
event of an emergency.

1.5

ENG_UD26875_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Verrouillage et déverrouillage des portes (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING THE DOORS (2/2)


Locking the opening Door and tailgate status
elements without the radio indicator
4 frequency remote control With the ignition on, the warning light
For example, in the event of a dis- integrated in switch 4 informs you of the
charged battery or the radio frequency locking status of the opening elements:
remote control temporarily not working. – indicator light on, the doors and tail-
With the engine switched off and gate are locked;
an opening element (door or boot) – indicator light off, the doors and tail-
open, press and hold switch 4 for more gate are unlocked.
than five seconds.
When you lock the doors, the indicator
When the door is closed, all the doors light remains lit and then goes out.
and the tailgate will be locked.
The vehicle can only be locked from
the outside using the radio frequency
Electric central locking remote control.
It simultaneously locks or unlocks the
doors and the tailgate.
Lock or unlock the doors by pressing
switch 4.
The front door mechanism cannot be
locked if the door is open.

Never leave your vehicle


with the key or remote con-
trol inside.

1.6

ENG_UD26875_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Verrouillage et déverrouillage des portes (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

AUTOMATIC LOCKING WHEN DRIVING


Operating principle
1 When the engine is started, the system
automatically locks the doors when the
vehicle reaches a speed of approxi-
mately 4 mph (7 km/h).

Operating faults
If you notice an operating fault (auto-
matic locking impossible), first check
that all doors are correctly locked. If
they are correctly locked and the fault
is still present, contact an approved
Dealer.
Also make sure that locking has not
You must first decide if you want to been inadvertently deactivated.
activate this function. If necessary, refer to the activation pro-
cedure.
To activate
With the engine running, press
switch 1 for approximately 5 seconds,
until you hear a beep. The indica-
tor light built into the switch comes on
when the doors are locked.

To deactivate If you decide to keep the


With the engine running, press doors locked when you
switch 1 for approximately 5 seconds, are driving, remember that
until you hear a beep. it may be more difficult for
those assisting you to gain access
to the passenger compartment in
the event of an emergency.

1.7

ENG_UD25616_1
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Condamnation automatique des ouvrants en roulage (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

OPENING AND CLOSING THE DOORS (1/2)


Lights-on warning buzzer
If you have left the lights on after switch-
ing off the ignition, a reminder buzzer
will sound when the driver’s door is
opened.

Door/tailgate open buzzer


1 Depending on the vehicle, this alarm is
2 fitted to the driver’s side door or on all
opening elements.
With the vehicle at a standstill, a warn-
ing light 2
will come on if a door or the
boot is open or not properly closed.
Opening manually from the Opening the doors manually While driving, as soon as the vehicle
outside from the inside reaches 12 mph (20 km/h), a warning
With the doors unlocked (refer to the
information on “Locking/unlocking the
Unlock the door and pull handle 2. light 2 comes on with an audio beep.

doors” in Section 1), place your hand Special note


on the handle 1 and pull towards you. Depending on the vehicle, accessories
(e.g. radio) stop working either when
the engine is switched off or when the
doors are locked, or when the driver’s
door is opened.

As a safety precaution,
the doors should only be
opened or closed when the
vehicle is stationary.

1.8

ENG_UD33436_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Ouverture et fermeture des portes (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

OPENING AND CLOSING THE DOORS (2/2)

Driver’s responsibility
when parking or stopping
the vehicle
Never leave an animal,
child or adult who is not self-suffi-
cient alone on your vehicle, even for
Child safety a short time.
They may pose a risk to themselves
To make it impossible for the rear doors or to others by starting the engine,
to be opened from the inside, move activating equipment such as the
lever 3 on each door and check from electric windows or by locking the
the inside that the doors are securely doors.
locked. Also, in hot and/or sunny weather,
please remember that the tempera-
ture inside the passenger compart-
ment increases very quickly.
RISK OF DEATH OR SERIOUS
INJURY.

1.9

ENG_UD33436_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Ouverture et fermeture des portes (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

FRONT HEADRESTS
To remove the headrest
Press tab 1 and lift the headrest to re-
lease it (tilt the seatback backwards if
necessary).

To refit the headrest


Insert the rods into the sleeves, with the
notches facing forwards, and lower the
headrest to the desired height.
1

To raise the headrest


Pull the headrest upwards to the de-
sired height.

To lower the headrest


Press button 1 and guide the headrest
down to the desired height.

The headrest is a safety


component. Ensure that it is
fitted and in the correct po-
sition: the top of your head
should be in line with the top of the
headrest.

1.10

ENG_UD26879_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Appuis-tête avant (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

FRONT SEATS

1
2 3
To move forwards or Heated seats For safety reasons, carry
backwards Depending on the vehicle, with the igni- out any adjustments when
Lift bar 1 to release. tion on, press switch 3. the vehicle is not being
Release the bar 1 once the seat is in driven.
the correct position and ensure that the The system, which has a thermostat,
seat is fully locked into place. decides whether or not the heating is We would advise you not to recline
needed. the seatbacks too far to ensure that
To exit this function, press switch 3 the effectiveness of the seat belts is
To raise or lower the driver’s again. not reduced.
seat surface Make sure that the seatbacks are
Depending on the vehicle, lift lever 2, correctly locked in place.
adjust the seat base to the desired
height, then release the lever. Nothing should be placed on the
floor (area in front of driver) as such
objects may slide under the pedal
To tilt the seatback during braking manoeuvres, thus
Turn control knob 4 and tilt the seat- obstructing its use.
back to the desired position.

1.11

ENG_UD38025_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Sièges avant (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

SEAT BELTS (1/5)


Always wear your seat belt when trav- Before starting, first adjust your driv-
elling in your vehicle. You must also ing position, then ask all occupants
comply with the legislation of the par- to adjust their seat belts to ensure
ticular country you are in. optimum protection.

Adjusting your driving position


(depending on the vehicle)
– Sit well back in your seat (having 1
removed your coat or jacket etc.).
Make sure that the rear bench seat This is essential to ensure your back
is securely locked in position so that is positioned correctly;
the rear seat belts will operate effi- – adjust the distance between the
ciently. Refer to information in the seat and the pedals. Your seat
paragraph on “Second row rear should be as far back as possible
seats: functions” and “Third row rear while still allowing you to depress 2
seats: functions” in Section 3. the clutch pedal fully. The seatback
should be adjusted so that your arms Adjusting the seat belts
are slightly bent when you hold the
steering wheel; Sit with your back firmly against the
– adjust the position of your head- seatback.
Incorrectly adjusted or
rest. For the maximum safety, your The shoulder strap 1 should be as close
twisted seat belts may
head must be as close as possible to as possible to the base of the neck but
cause injuries in the event
the headrest; not on it.
of an accident.
– adjust the height of the seat. This Lap belt 2 must be worn flat over the
Use one seat belt per person,
adjustment allows you to select the thighs and against the pelvis. The seat
whether child or adult.
seat position which offers you the belt must be worn as close to the body
Even pregnant women should wear
best possible view; as possible. i.e.: avoid wearing heavy
a seat belt. In this case, ensure that
– adjust the position of the steering clothing or keeping bulky objects under
the lap belt is not exerting too much
wheel. the belts, etc.
pressure on the abdomen, but do
not allow any slack.

1.12

ENG_UD38026_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Ceintures de sécurité (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

SEAT BELTS (2/5)


Unlocking
Press the button 4 on catch 5 and the
seat belt will be rewound by the iner-
tia reel. Hold by the buckle to make this
easier.
6
Front seat belt reminder
1 ™ warning light
Depending on the vehicle, it comes on
when the engine is started and if the
3 driver’s and/or passenger’s seat belt is
4 not fastened. When the vehicle is being
5 driven, it comes on and a beep sounds
5 for approximately 2 minutes until the
driver’s seat belt is fastened.
To fasten Note: You are not recommended to rest Adjusting the front seat belt
any object on the passenger seat. This
Unwind the belt slowly and smoothly may trigger the front seatbelt reminder
height
and ensure that buckle 3 locks into warning light. Move button 6 to select the position you
catch 5 (check that it is locked by pull- require so that the chest strap 1 is worn
ing on buckle 3). as described above.
If the belt jams, allow it to return slightly Make sure that the seat belt is locked
before attempting to unwind it again. in position correctly after you have ad-
If your seat belt is completely jammed, justed it.
pull slowly, but firmly, so that just over
3 cm unwinds. Allow it to return slightly
before attempting to unwind it again.
If there is still a problem, contact an ap-
proved dealer.

1.13

ENG_UD38026_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Ceintures de sécurité (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

SEAT BELTS (3/5)


10
11

15
7

14
8
9 13 12
Second row rear seats Centre seat belt
Unwind belt 15 slowly from its hous-
Rear side seat belts ing 10.
Slowly unwind belt 7 and click buckle 8 Pass the two buckles and the belt 15 in
into red catch 9. the belt guide 11.
Click the smallest buckle into the catch
with the black locking button 12.
Fasten the largest buckle and slide 14
in the catch with the red unlocking
button 13.

Operating the rear seats. Please Check that the rear seat
see the information in the para- belts are positioned and op-
graphs on “Second row rear seats: erating correctly each time
functions” and “Third row rear seats: the rear seats are moved.
functions” in Section 3.

1.14

ENG_UD38026_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Ceintures de sécurité (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

SEAT BELTS (4/5)

16 Operating the rear seats. Please


see the information in the para-
17 graphs on “Second row rear seats:
functions” and “Third row rear seats:
functions” in Section 3.

18

Third row rear seats


Remove strap 16 from hook A. Slowly
unwind the strap 16.
Fasten the sliding buckle 17 in the cor-
responding catch 18 with the red un-
locking button.

When handling, the third row rear


seat belt strap 16 must always
be fastened to hook A to prevent Check that the rear seat
damage to the strap or luggage belts are positioned and op-
compartment cover (if fitted to the erating correctly each time
vehicle). the rear seats are moved.

1.15

ENG_UD38026_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Ceintures de sécurité (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

SEAT BELTS (5/5)


The following information applies to the vehicle’s front and rear seat belts.

– No modification may be made to the component parts of the originally fitted restraint system: seat belts, seats and
their mountings. For special operations (e.g. fitting child seats), contact an authorised dealer.
– Do not use devices which allow any slack in the belts (e.g. clothes pegs, clips, etc.): a seat belt which is worn too
loosely may cause injury in the event of an accident.
– Never wear the shoulder strap under your arm or behind your back.
– Never use the same belt for more than one person and never hold a baby or child on your lap with your seat belt around
them.
– The belt should never be twisted.
– Following an accident, have the seat belts checked and replaced if necessary. Always replace your seat belts as soon as
they show any signs of wear.
– When putting back the rear bench seat, take care that the seat belts are correctly positioned so that they can be used prop-
erly.
– Make sure that the buckle is inserted into the appropriate catch.
– Ensure that no objects are placed in the area around the seat belt catch as they could prevent it from being properly se-
cured.
– Make sure the seat belt catch is properly positioned (it should not be hidden away, crushed or flattened by people or ob-
jects).

1.16

ENG_UD38026_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Ceintures de sécurité (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

SYSTEMS IN ADDITION TO THE FRONT SEAT BELTS (1/4)


Depending on the vehicle, they are
composed of: – Have the entire restraint
system checked following
– seat belt pretensioners; an accident.
– chest force limiters; – No operation whatsoever
– front airbags for driver and front is permitted on any part of the
passenger. system (air bags, electronic con-
trol units, wiring) and the system
These systems are designed to act in- components must not be reused
dependently or together when the vehi- on any other vehicle, even if iden-
cle is subjected to a frontal impact. tical.
Depending on the severity of the – To avoid premature triggering
impact, the system can trigger: 1 of the system which may cause
– seat belt locking; injury, only qualified Network per-
sonnel are authorisedto work on
– the seat belt pretensioner (which en-
the methods of restraint in addi-
gages to correct seat belt slack); Pretensioners tion to the front seat belt.
– the air bag and the force limiter are The pretensioners hold the seat belt – The electric trigger system may
also triggered when there are severe against the body, holding the occupant only be tested by a specially
impacts. more securely against the seat, thus in- trained technician using special
creasing the seat belt’s efficiency. equipment.
With the ignition on, following a signif- – When the vehicle is scrapped,
icant frontal impact and depending on contact an approved dealer for
the severity of the impact, the system disposal of the pretensioner and
may trigger the seat belt inertia reel airbag gas generators.
pretensioner 1, which instantly retracts
the seat belt.

1.17

ENG_UD36388_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Dispositifs complémentaires à la ceinture avant (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

SYSTEMS IN ADDITION TO THE FRONT SEAT BELTS (2/4)


Load limiter Each air bag system consists of:
Above a certain severity of impact, this – an airbag and gas generator fitted
mechanism is used to limit the force of on the steering wheel for the driver
the belt against the body so that it is at and, depending on the vehicle, in the
1 dashboard for the front passenger;
an acceptable level.
– an electronic unit for system monitor-
ing which controls the gas generator
electrical trigger system;

– a single warning light å ;


– remote sensors.

Driver’s and passenger air


bags
They are fitted on the driver side and on
the passenger side.
Depending on the vehicle, the pres-
ence of this equipment is indicated by The air bag system uses
the word “airbag” on the steering wheel pyrotechnic principles. This
and dashboard (airbag zone 1) and explains why, when the air
a symbol on the lower section of the bag inflates, it will gener-
windscreen. ate heat, produce smoke (this does
not mean that a fire is about to start)
and make a noise upon detonation.
An air bag may inflate immediately,
causing some minor, superficial
grazing to the skin or other discom-
fort.

1.18

ENG_UD36388_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Dispositifs complémentaires à la ceinture avant (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

SYSTEMS IN ADDITION TO THE FRONT SEAT BELTS (3/4)


Operation
This system is only operational when
the ignition is switched on.
If a severe frontal impact occurs, the
air bag(s) inflate(s) rapidly, cushion-
ing the impact of the driver’s head and
chest against the steering wheel and
the front passenger’s head against the
dashboard. The air bag then deflates
immediately so that the passengers are
not impeded in any way when they get
out of the vehicle.

The air bag system uses


pyrotechnic principles. This
explains why, when the air
bag inflates, it will gener-
ate heat, produce smoke (this does
not mean that a fire is about to start)
and make a noise upon detonation.
In a situation where an air bag is
required, it will inflate immediately
and this may cause some minor, su-
perficial grazing to the skin or other
problems.

1.19

ENG_UD36388_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Dispositifs complémentaires à la ceinture avant (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

SYSTEMS IN ADDITION TO THE FRONT SEAT BELTS (4/4)


All of the warnings below are given so that the air bag is not obstructed in any way when it is inflated and also to prevent
the risk of serious injuries caused by items which may be dislodged when the air bag inflates.

Warnings concerning the driver’s air bag


– Do not modify the steering wheel or the steering wheel boss.
– Do not cover the steering wheel boss under any circumstances.
– Do not attach any objects (badge, logo, clock, telephone holder, etc.) to the steering wheel boss.
– You must not remove the steering wheel (such work must only be performed by trained personnel from our Network).
– When driving, do not sit too close to the steering wheel. Sit with your arms slightly bent (see the information on “Adjusting
your driving position” in Section 1). This will allow sufficient space for the air bag to inflate properly and be fully effective.

Warnings concerning the passenger air bag


– Do not attach or glue any objects (badge, logo, clock, telephone holder, etc.) to the dashboard in the proximity of the air bag
housing.
– Do not place anything between the dashboard and the passenger (pet, umbrella, walking stick, parcels, etc.).
– The passenger must not put his or her feet on the dashboard or seat as there is a risk that serious injuries may occur. In
general, all parts of the body should be kept away from the dashboard (knees, hands, head etc.).
– The devices in addition to the front passenger seat belt should be reactivated as soon as a child seat is removed, to ensure
the protection of the passenger in the event of an impact.

IT IS PROHIBITED TO FIT A REAR-FACING CHILD SEAT TO THE FRONT PASSENGER SEAT UNLESS THE
RESTRAINT SYSTEMS IN ADDITION TO THE FRONT PASSENGER SEAT BELT HAVE BEEN DEACTIVATED.
(Refer to the information on “Child safety: front passenger airbag deactivation/activation” Section 1).

1.20

ENG_UD36388_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Dispositifs complémentaires à la ceinture avant (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

SIDE PROTECTION DEVICES


Side air bags
These air bags may be fitted to the front
seats and are deployed at the sides of
the seats (door side) to protect the oc-
cupants in the event of a severe side
impact.

Warnings concerning the side air bag


– Fitting seat covers: seats equipped with an airbag require covers spe-
cifically designed for your vehicle. Contact an authorised dealer to find
out if these covers are available. The use of any covers other than those
designed for your vehicle (including those designed for another vehicle) may
affect the operation of the airbags and reduce your protection.
– Do not place any accessories, objects or even pets between the seatback, the
door and the internal fittings. Do not cover the seatback with any items such as
clothes or accessories. This may prevent the air bag from operating correctly
or cause injury when the air bag is deployed.
– No work or modification whatsoever may be carried out on the seat or internal
fittings, except by qualified personnel from an approved dealer.

1.21

ENG_UD24407_1
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Dispositifs de protection latérale (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

ADDITIONAL METHODS OF RESTRAINT


All of the warnings below are given so that the air bag is not obstructed in any
way when it is inflated and also to prevent the risk of serious injuries caused
by items which may be dislodged when the air bag inflates.
The air bag is designed to complement the action of the seat belt. The air
bag and the seat belt are integral parts of the same protection system. It 1
is therefore essential to wear the seat belt at all times. If seat belts are not
worn, the occupants are exposed to the risk of serious injury in the event
of an accident. It may also increase the risk of minor superficial injuries occurring
when the air bag is deployed, although such minor injuries are always possible
with air bags.
If the vehicle should overturn or suffer a rear impact, however severe, the pre-
tensioners and air bags are not always triggered. Impacts to the underside of the
vehicle, e.g. from pavements, potholes or stones, can all trigger these systems.
– No work or modification whatsoever may be carried out on any part of the
driver or passenger air bag system (air bag, electronic unit, wiring, etc.), except
by qualified personnel from our Network.
Operating faults
This warning light 1 will light up on the
– To ensure that the system is in good working order and to avoid accidental trig-
instrument panel when the ignition is
gering of the system which could cause injury, only qualified personnel from
switched on and then go out after a few
our Network may work on the air bag system.
seconds.
– As a safety precaution, have the air bag system checked if your vehicle has
If it does not come on when the ignition
been involved in an accident, or is stolen or broken into.
is switched on, or if it comes on when
– When selling or lending the vehicle, inform the user of these points and hand the engine is running, there is a fault
over this handbook with the vehicle. with the system (air bags, pretension-
– When scrapping your vehicle, contact an approved Dealer for advice on dis- ers, etc.) in the front and/or rear seats.
posing of the gas generator and air bags. Contact an authorised dealer as soon
as possible. The efficiency of protection
will be reduced until this fault is recti-
fied.

1.22

ENG_UD24408_1
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Dispositifs de retenue complémentaire (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

CHILD SAFETY: General information (1/2)


Carrying children Special features of LPG
Children, and adults, must be correctly versions
seated and strapped in for all journeys.
The vehicle’s LPG installa-
The children being carried in your vehi-
tion may lead to changes to
cle are your responsibility.
the vehicle’s features compared to
A child is not a miniature adult. Children the petrol version.
are at risk of specific injuries as their
This may relate to the number of
muscles and bones have not yet fin-
seats and the installation of child
ished growing. The seat belt alone
seats.
would not provide suitable protection.
Use an approved child seat and ensure Please contact an authorised dealer.
you use it correctly.

Never leave a child unat-


A collision at 30 mph tended in the vehicle.
(50 km/h) is the same Check that your child is
as falling a distance of always strapped in and that
10 metres. Transporting a the belt or safety harness used is
child without a restraint is the equi- correctly set and adjusted. Avoid
valent of allowing him or her to play wearing bulky clothing which could
on a fourthfloor balcony without rail- cause the belts to slacken.
ings. Never let your child put their head or
Never travel with a child held in your arms out of the window.
arms. In the event of an accident,
To prevent the doors being you will not be able to keep hold of Check that the child is in the correct
opened, use the “Child the child, even if you yourself are position for the entire journey, espe-
safety” device (refer to the wearing a seat belt. cially if asleep.
information on “Opening If your vehicle has been involved in
and closing the doors” in Section 1). a road accident, replace the child
seat and have the seat belts and
ISOFIX fittings checked.

1.23

ENG_UD34832_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Sécurite enfants : généralités (X67 - X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

CHILD SAFETY: General information (2/2)


Using a child seat
The level of protection offered by the Set a good example by always fas-
child seat depends on its ability to re- tening your seat belt and teaching
strain your child and on its installation. your child:
Incorrect installation compromises the – to strap themselves in correctly;
protection it offers the child in the event – to always get in and out of the car
of harsh braking or an impact. at the kerb, away from busy traf-
fic.
Before purchasing a child seat, check
that it complies with the regulations for Do not use a second-hand child
the country you are in and that it can seat or one without an instruction
be fitted in your vehicle. Consult an ap- manual.
proved dealer to find out which seats Check that there are no objects in
are recommended for your vehicle. the vicinity of the child seat which
could impede its operation.
Before fitting a child seat, read the
manual and respect its instructions. If
you experience any difficulties during Never leave a child unat-
installation, contact the manufacturer tended in the vehicle.
of the equipment. Keep the instructions
Check that your child is
with the seat.
always strapped in and that
the belt or safety harness used is
correctly set and adjusted. Avoid
wearing bulky clothing which could
cause the belts to slacken.
Never let your child put their head or
arms out of the window.
Check that the child is in the correct
position for the entire journey, espe-
cially if asleep.

1.24

ENG_UD34832_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Sécurite enfants : généralités (X67 - X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

CHILD SAFETY: choosing a child seat

Rear-facing child seats Forward-facing child seats Booster cushions


A baby’s head is, proportionally, heavier The child’s head and abdomen need to From 15 kg or 4 years, the child can
than that of an adult and its neck is very be protected as a priority. A forward-fac- travel using a booster seat, which will
fragile. Transport the child in this po- ing child seat which is firmly attached to enable the seat belt to be adapted
sition for as long as possible (until the the vehicle will reduce the risk of impact to suit his/her size and shape. The
age of 2 at the very least). It supports to the head. Ensure your child travels in booster seat cushion must be fitted with
the head and neck. Choose a bucket a forward-facing seat with a harness for guides to position the seat belt on the
type seat for better side protection and as long as their size permits. Choose child’s thighs rather than the stomach.
replace it as soon as the child’s head a wrap-around seat for better side pro- It is recommended that you use a seat-
extends past the seat shell. tection. back fitted with a belt strap guide which
can be adjusted in terms of height to
position the seat belt in the centre of
the shoulder. It should never rest on the
neck or over the arm. Choose a bucket
type seat for better side protection.

1.25

ENG_UD34832_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Sécurite enfants : généralités (X67 - X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

CHILD SAFETY: mounting a child seat (1/2)


Attachment via the seat belt Attachment with the ISOFIX system
The seat belt must be adjusted to Authorised ISOFIX child seats are ap-
ensure that it is effective in the event of proved in accordance with regulation
harsh braking or an impact. ECE-R44 in one of the three following
Ensure that the strap paths indicated scenarios:
by the child seat manufacturer are re- – ISOFIX universal 3 point forward-
spected. facing seat;
– ISOFIX semi-universal 2 point seat;
Always check that the seat belt is cor- – specific.
rectly fastened by pulling it up, then For the latter two, check that your child
pulling it out fully whilst pressing on the The seat belt must never seat can be installed by consulting the
child seat. be twisted or the tension list of compatible vehicles.
Check that the seat is correctly held by relieved. Never pass the Attach the child seat with the ISOFIX
moving it from side to side and back shoulder strap under the locks, if these are provided. The ISOFIX
to front: the seat should remain firmly arm or behind the back. system allows quick, easy, safe fitting.
fixed. Check that the seat belt has not The ISOFIX system is composed of
been damaged by sharp edges. 3 rings for each second row rear side
Check that the child seat has not been If the seat belt does not operate nor- seat.
installed at an angle and that it is not mally, it will not protect the child.
resting against a window. Consult an approved dealer. Do not
use this seat until the seat belt has
been repaired.

Before using an ISOFIX


Do not use the child seat child seat that you pur-
if it may unfasten the seat chased for another vehicle,
belt restraining it: the base check that its installation is
of the seat must not rest on No modifications may be authorised. Consult the list of ve-
the buckle and/or catch of the seat made to the component hicles which can be fitted with the
belt. parts of the restraint system seat with the equipment manufac-
(belts, ISOFIX and seats turer.
and their mountings) originally fitted.

1.26

ENG_UD24410_1
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Sécurité enfants : fixation du siège enfant (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

CHILD SAFETY: mounting a child seat (2/2)

Anchorages 3 must be used


to attach the child seat’s
1 upper strap.
It is forbidden to use other
mounting points to attach this strap.
3

The two ISOFIX rings 1 are located be- The third ring 3 of each side seat is
tween the seatback and the base and used to attach the upper strap on some
are present on each side of the vehicle. child seats. The ISOFIX anchorage
points have been exclu-
To ensure your child seat can be easily Attach the hook on the belt to one of
sively designed for child
fitted and locked on rings 1, use access the rings 3 located at the rear of the first
seats with the ISOFIX
guides 2 on the child seat. row rear seats at the base of each seat-
system. Never fit a different type of
back.
child seat, seat belt or other objects
Pull the belt so that the back of the child to these fittings.
seat comes into contact with the back
Check that nothing is obstructing
of the vehicle seat.
the anchorage points.
If your vehicle has been involved in
a road accident, have the ISOFIX
fittings checked and replace your
child seat.

1.27

ENG_UD24410_1
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Sécurité enfants : fixation du siège enfant (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

CHILD SAFETY: fitting a child seat (1/8)


Some seats are not suitable for fitting In the front seat
child seats. The diagram on the follow- The laws concerning children travel-
ing page shows you how to attach a ling in the front passenger seat differ in
child seat. every country. Consult the legislation in
The types of child seats indicated may force and follow the indications on the
not be available. Before using a differ- diagram on the following page.
ent child seat, check with the manufac- Before fitting a child seat in this seat (if
turer that it can be fitted. authorised):
– deactivate the front passenger air
bag;
– lower the seat belt as far as possible;
– move the seat as far back as possi-
Fit the child seat in a rear ble;
seat wherever possible.
– gently tilt the seatback away from
Check that when installing vertical (approximately 25°);
the child seat in the vehicle
it is not at risk of coming loose from – on equipped vehicles, raise the seat
its base. base as far as possible.
If you have to remove the headrest, Do not change these settings after the
check that it is correctly stored so child seat is installed.
that it does not come loose under
harsh braking or impact.
Always attach the child seat to the RISK OF DEATH OR
vehicle even if it is not in use so that SERIOUS INJURY: before
it does not come loose under harsh fitting a rear-facing child
braking or impact. seat in this seat, check
that the air bag has been deacti-
vated (refer to the information on
“Deactivating the front passenger
air bags” in Section 1).

1.28

ENG_UD34878_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Sécurité enfants : installation du siège enfant (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

CHILD SAFETY: fitting a child seat (2/8)


In the rear side seat Rear centre seat
A carrycot can be installed across the A child seat may only be fitted in this
vehicle and will take up at least two seat if it is equipped with an inertia-reel
seats. Position the child with his or her seat belt. For any additional informa-
feet nearest the door. tion, contact an approved dealer.
Before fitting a child seat to the ISOFIX
anchorages on the rear side seat,
ensure that the seat belt buckles are
not positioned between the two ISOFIX
anchorages on this seat. If necessary,
move the buckle from the seat in ques-
tion towards the centre of the vehicle.
Move the front seat as far forward as
possible to install a rear-facing child
seat, then move back the seat in front
as far as it will go, although without al-
lowing it to come into contact with the
child seat.
For the safety of the child in the for-
ward-facing seat, do not move the seat
in front back past the middle of the
runner, do not tilt the seatback too far
(maximum of 25° ) and raise the seat as
much as possible.
Check that the forward-facing child seat Ensure that the child seat
is resting against the back of the vehi- or the child’s feet do not
cle seat and that the headrest of the ve- prevent the front seat from
hicle is not obstructing its use. locking correctly.
Refer to the information on the
“Front seats” in Section 1.

1.29

ENG_UD34878_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Sécurité enfants : installation du siège enfant (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

CHILD SAFETY: fitting a child seat (3/8)


The table below summarises the information already shown in the diagram on the following pages, to ensure the applicable regu-
lations are respected.

Five-seater versions

Front passenger seat Rear seats

Weight of Seat without airbag


Type of child seat with airbag
the child size or with airbag Side Centre
without
deactivated seats seat
deactivation (1)
(2)(3)

Transverse carrycot
< 10 kg F-G X X U - IL (4) U (4)
Approved for group 0

Rear-facing shell seat


< 13 kg E X U U - IL (5) U - IL (5)
Approved for group 0 or 0+

Rear-facing seat < 13 kg and


C, D X U U - IL (5) U - IL (5)
Approved for group 0+ or 1 9 to 18 kg

Forward-facing seat U - IUF U - IUF


9 kg to 18 kg A, B, B1 X X
Approved for group 1 IL (6) - IL (6)
15 kg to 25 kg
Booster seat
and 22 kg – X X U (6) U (6)
Approved for group 2 or 3
to 36 kg

(1) RISK OF DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY: never fit a child seat on the front seat if the vehicle has a passenger
airbag which cannot be deactivated.
(2) RISK OF DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY: before fitting a rear-facing child seat on the front passenger seat, check
that the airbag has been deactivated (please refer to the information on “Child safety: front passenger airbag deactiva-
tion, activation” in Section 1).

1.30

ENG_UD34878_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Sécurité enfants : installation du siège enfant (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

CHILD SAFETY: fitting a child seat (4/8)


Refer to the “Child safety equipment” booklet available from the network to choose the seat suited to your child and rec-
ommended for your vehicle.

X = Seat not suitable for fitting child seats.


U = Seat which allows a child seat with “Universal” approval to be installed using a seat belt; check that it can be fitted.
IUF = Seat which allows forward facing child seats with “Universal” approval to be attached by the ISOFIX device; check that it
can be fitted correctly.
IL = Seat which allows child seats with “Semi-universal” or “vehicle specific” approval to be attached by the ISOFIX device; check
that it can be fitted correctly.
(3) Only a rear-facing child seat can be fitted in this seat: raise the seat to the maximum and position it as far back as possible,
tilting the seatback slightly (approximately 25°).
(4) A carrycot can be installed across the vehicle and will take up at least two seats. Position the child with his or her feet nearest
the door.
(5) Move the front seat as far forward as possible to install a rear-facing child seat, then move back the seat in front as far as it will
go, although without allowing it to come into contact with the child seat. Raise the headrest or remove it.
(6) Forward-facing child seat; position the seatback of the child seat in contact with the seatback of the vehicle seat. Adjust the
height of the headrest or remove it if necessary; do not push the seat in front of the child more than halfway back on its runners
and do not recline the seatback more than 25°.

1.31

ENG_UD34878_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Sécurité enfants : installation du siège enfant (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

CHILD SAFETY: fitting a child seat (5/8)


Visual installation of the five-seater version Child seat attached using the ISOFIX
fitting

ü Seat which allows an ISOFIX


child seat to be attached.
 The rear seats are fitted with an
anchorage point which allows a for-
ward-facing ISOFIX child seat with uni-
versal approval to be attached. The
anchorage points are located on the
bench seat and are visible.
The size of the ISOFIX child seat is in-
dicated by a letter:
– A, B and B1: for forward-facing seats
in group 1 (9 to 18 kg);
Child seat attached using the belt – C: rear-facing seats in group 1 (9 to
³ Check the status of the air bag
before fitting a child seat or allowing a
¬ Seat which allows a child seat
18 kg);
– D and E: shell seat or rear-facing
with “Universal” approval to be attached seats in group 0 or 0+ (less than
passenger to use the seat. by a seat belt. 13 kg);
²
seats.
Seat not suitable for fitting child – F and G: cots in group 0 (less than
10 kg).

Using a child safety system


which is not approved for
this vehicle will not correctly
RISK OF DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY: before fitting a rear-facing child protect the baby or child.
seat on the front passenger seat, check that the airbag has been deac- They risk serious or even fatal injury.
tivated (please refer to the information on “Child safety: front passenger
airbag deactivation, activation” in Section 1).

1.32

ENG_UD34878_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Sécurité enfants : installation du siège enfant (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

CHILD SAFETY: fitting a child seat (6/8)


Visual installation, 7-seater version Child seat attached using the ISOFIX
fitting

ü Seat which allows an ISOFIX


child seat to be attached.
 The rear seats are fitted with an
anchorage point which allows a for-
ward-facing ISOFIX child seat with uni-
versal approval to be attached. The
anchorage points are located on the
bench seat and are visible.
The size of the ISOFIX child seat is in-
dicated by a letter:
– A, B and B1: for forward-facing seats
in group 1 (9 to 18 kg);
Child seat attached using the belt – C: rear-facing seats in group 1 (9 to
³ Check the status of the air bag
before fitting a child seat or allowing a
¬ Seat which allows a child seat
18 kg);
– D and E: shell seat or rear-facing
with “Universal” approval to be attached seats in group 0 or 0+ (less than
passenger to use the seat. by a seat belt. 13 kg);
²
seats.
Seat not suitable for fitting child – F and G: cots in group 0 (less than
10 kg).

RISK OF DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY: before fitting a rear-facing child


seat on the front passenger seat, check that the airbag has been deac-
tivated (please refer to the information on “Child safety: front passenger
airbag deactivation, activation” in Section 1).

1.33

ENG_UD34878_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Sécurité enfants : installation du siège enfant (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

CHILD SAFETY: fitting a child seat (7/8)


The table below summarises the information already shown on the diagram on the previous page, to ensure the applicable regu-
lations are respected.

Seven-seat version

Front passenger seat 2nd row rear seats

without 3rd row


Weight of with airbag
Type of child seat Seat size airbag or if rear
the child without Side
the airbag is Centre seat seats
deactivation seats
deactivated
(1)
(2) (3)
Transverse carrycot
< 10 kg F-G X X U - IL (4) U (4) U
Approved for group 0

Rear-facing shell seats


< 13 kg E X U U - IL (5) U - IL (5) U
Approved for group 0 or 0+
Rear-facing seats
< 13 kg and
Approved for groups 0+ and C, D X U U - IL (5) U - IL (5) U
9 to 18 kg
1
Forward-facing seat U - IUF U - IUF -
9 kg to 18 kg A, B, B1 X X U
Approved for group 1 - IL (6) IL (6)
15 to 25
Booster seat
kg and 25 - X X U (6) U (6) U
Approved for group 2 or 3
to 36 kg

(1) RISK OF DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY: never fit a child seat on the front seat if the vehicle has a passenger
airbag which cannot be deactivated.
(2) RISK OF DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY: before fitting a rear-facing child seat on the front passenger seat, check
that the airbag has been deactivated (please refer to the information on “Child safety: front passenger airbag deactiva-
tion, activation” in Section 1).

1.34

ENG_UD34878_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Sécurité enfants : installation du siège enfant (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

CHILD SAFETY: fitting a child seat (8/8)


Refer to the “Child safety equipment” booklet available from the network to choose the seat suited to your child and rec-
ommended for your vehicle.

X = Seat not suitable for fitting child seats.


U = Seat allowing a child seat with “Universal” approval to be attached by seat belt; check that it can be fitted correctly.
IUF = Seat which allows a forward-facing child seat with “Universal” approval to be attached by the ISOFIX device; check that
it can be fitted.
IL = Seat which allows child seats with “Semi-universal” or “Vehicle specific” approval to be attached by the ISOFIX device; check
that it can be fitted.
(3) Only a rear-facing child seat can be fitted in this seat: raise the seat to the maximum and position it as far back as possible,
tilting the seatback slightly (approximately 25°).
(4) A carrycot can be installed across the vehicle and will take up at least two seats. Position the child with his or her feet nearest
the door.
(5) Move the front seat as far forward as possible to install a rear-facing child seat, then move back the seat in front as far as it will
go, although without allowing it to come into contact with the child seat. Raise the headrest or remove it.
(6) Forward-facing child seat; position the seatback of the child seat in contact with the seatback of the vehicle seat. Adjust the
height of the headrest or remove it if necessary; do not push the seat in front of the child more than halfway back on its runners
and do not recline the seatback more than 25°.

1.35

ENG_UD34878_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Sécurité enfants : installation du siège enfant (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


CHILD SAFETY: deactivating/activating the front passenger air bag (1/3)

Deactivating the front With the ignition on, it is essential to


passenger air bags
In order to be able to install a rear-
check that the 2
lit up.
] warning light is

facing child seat on the front passen- This warning light remains continu-
ger seat, you must deactivate the front ously lit to let you know that you can The passenger air bag must
passenger seat belt additional restraint fit a child seat. be activated or deactivated
systems. with the ignition off.
To deactivate the passenger airbag, If handled when the igni-
with the ignition off, press and turn
button 1 to the OFF position. tion is on, the warning light
comes on.
å
Switch the ignition off then on again
to reset the air bag in accordance
with the lock.

1.36

ENG_UD36364_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Sécurité enfants : désactivation/activation airbag passager avant (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


CHILD SAFETY: deactivating/activating the front passenger air bag (2/3)
A

The markings on the dashboard and


labels A on each side of the passenger
sun visor 3 (as shown above) repeat
these instructions.
DANGER
Since front passenger
airbag triggering and the
position of a rear-facing
child seat are incompatible, NEVER
use a restraining device for rear-
facing children on a seat with an
ACTIVATED AIRBAG in front of it.
This provides a risk of DEATH or
SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD.

1.37

ENG_UD36364_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Sécurité enfants : désactivation/activation airbag passager avant (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


CHILD SAFETY: deactivating/activating the front passenger air bag (3/3)

DANGER
Since front passenger
airbag triggering and the
2 position of a rear-facing
child seat are incompatible, NEVER
use a restraining device for rear-
facing children on a seat with an
ACTIVATED AIRBAG in front of it.
This provides a risk of DEATH or
SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD.

Activation of the front Operating faults


passenger air bag It is forbidden to fit a rear-facing child
You should reactivate the air bag as seat to the front passenger seat if the
soon as you remove the child seat from air bag activation/deactivation system
the front passenger seat to ensure the is faulty. The passenger air bag must
protection of your front passenger in Allowing any other passenger to sit in be activated or deactivated
the event of an impact. that seat is not recommended. with the ignition off.
To reactivate the airbag: with the ve- Contact your approved dealer as soon If handled when the igni-
hicle at a standstill and with the ig-
nition switched off, press and turn
as possible.
tion is on, the warning light
comes on.
å
button 1 to the ON position.
With the ignition on, you must check Switch the ignition off then on again
to reset the air bag in accordance
that the warning light 2 ] is off. with the lock.

1.38

ENG_UD36364_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Sécurité enfants : désactivation/activation airbag passager avant (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

REAR VIEW MIRRORS

0
A 0 B

1
2
3

Door mirrors with manual Door mirrors with electrical Interior rear view mirror
adjustment adjustment: The interior rear-view mirror is adjusta-
To adjust the door mirror, move With the ignition on, move button 2: ble. When driving at night, tilt lever 3 to
switch 1. – position A to adjust the left-hand avoid being dazzled by the headlights
door mirror; of the vehicle behind.
– position B to adjust the right-hand
Foldable door mirrors door mirror;
Fold the door mirror manually against 0 is the neutral centre position.
the door window.

Heated door mirrors


With the engine running, de-icing is per-
formed when the rear screen is de-iced/
demisted; refer to the information in the
paragraph on “Heated rear screen”.

1.39

ENG_UD24419_1
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Rétroviseurs (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

DRIVER’S POSITION, LEFT-HAND DRIVE (1/2)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 17 16 15 14 13

18
19
24 23 22
20
21

1.40

ENG_UD38141_5
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Poste de conduite direction à gauche (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

DRIVER’S POSITION, LEFT-HAND DRIVE (2/2)


The presence of the equipment DEPENDS ON THE VEHICLE VERSION AND COUNTRY.

1 Side air vent. 12 Passenger airbag activation/deac- 24 Gear lever.


tivation switch.
2 Side demister outlet. 25 ECO mode switch.
13 Glovebox.
3 Stalk for: 26 Cruise control/speed limiter main
– direction indicator lights, 14 Hazard warning lights switch. control.
– exterior lights,
– front fog lights, 15 Electric central locking switch. 27 Ignition switch.
– rear fog lights,
– horn. 16 Location for radio or storage com- 28 Radio remote control.
partment.
4 Instrument panel. 29 Cruise control/speed limiter
17 Heating and ventilation controls. controls.
5 Location for driver’s airbag.
18 Rear screen and door mirror de- 30 Beam height adjustment control.
6 Steering column stalk for winds- icing control
creen and rear screen wash/wipe. 31 Fuse box.
On-board computer information 19 Cigarette lighter. Storage box.
readout control. Accessories socket.
32 Bonnet release control.
7 Centre air vents. 20 Handbrake.
33 Controls for:
8 Central demister outlet. 21 Activation/deactivation controls for – activating/deactivating the trac-
the Stop and Start. function tion control system,
9 Location for passenger airbag. 22 LPG control – activating/deactivating the par-
king distance control.
10 Side demister outlet. 23 Location for ashtray or cup holder.
34 Door mirror adjustment control.
11 Side air vent.

1.41

ENG_UD38141_5
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Poste de conduite direction à gauche (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

WARNING LIGHTS (1/5)


The presence and operation of the warning lights DEPEND ON THE EQUIPMENT AND COUNTRY.

Main beam headlight tell-tale


á light
Dipped beam headlight tell-
If the orange warning light Ò k tale
comes on while you are driving, Front fog light tell-tale light
A drive carefully to an authorised
dealer as soon as possible. Failure
g
Rear fog light tell-tale
to follow this recommendation risks
damaging your vehicle.
f
Left-hand direction indicator
c tell-tale
Right-hand direction indica-
b tor tell-tale
Gear change indicator
Instrument panel A
äæ This lights up to advise
you to change to a higher gear (up
arrow) or lower gear (down arrow).

If no lights or sounds are


apparent, this indicates
a fault in the instrument
The red warning light
requires you to stop imme-
Ò
panel. This indicates that diately, for your own safety,
it is essential to stop immediately as soon as traffic conditions allow.
(as soon as traffic conditions allow). Switch off the engine and do not res-
Ensure that the vehicle is correctly tart it. Contact an Authorised Dealer.
immobilised and contact an appro-
ved Dealer.

1.42

ENG_UD38115_5
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Tableau de bord : témoins lumineux (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

WARNING LIGHTS (2/5)


The presence and operation of the warning lights DEPEND ON THE EQUIPMENT AND COUNTRY.

Warning light malfunction Coolant temperature war-


Ò (red or orange) Ô ning light
If this remains lit while driving, ac-
Urgent stop warning light (red) companied by a beep, this means the
This lights up when the ignition is engine is overheating. Stop and allow
A switched on and goes out as soon as the engine to run at idle speed for a
the engine is started. It lights up at the minute or two. The temperature should
same time as other warning lights, and drop. If not, stop the engine. Let it cool
is accompanied by a beep. down before checking the coolant level.
It requires you to stop immediately, Contact an authorised dealer if neces-
for your own safety, as soon as traffic sary.
conditions allow. Switch off the engine
Warning light for monitoring
and do not restart it.
Contact an approved Dealer.
Ä exhaust gas
It comes on when the ignition is
Warning light (orange) switched on and then goes out.
Handbrake “on” warning This lights up when the ignition is – If it lights up continuously, consult an
D light and brake circuit inci-
dent warning light
switched on and goes out as soon as
the engine is started. It may comes on
authorised dealer as soon as pos-
sible;
in conjunction with other warning lights – If it flashes, reduce the engine speed
This comes on when the ignition is on the instrument panel. until the light stops flashing. Contact
switched on. If it comes on during brak- It means you should drive very care- your approved Dealer as soon as
ing and is accompanied by a beep, it in- fully to an authorised dealer as soon possible.
dicates that the fluid level in the circuit as possible. If you fail to follow this re- Please refer to the information on
is low; it may be dangerous to continue commendation, you risk damaging your “Maintenance and antipollution advice”
driving - please contact an authorised vehicle. in Section 2.
dealer.

1.43

ENG_UD38115_5
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Tableau de bord : témoins lumineux (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

WARNING LIGHTS (3/5)


The presence and operation of the warning lights DEPEND ON THE EQUIPMENT AND COUNTRY.

Preheating warning light (on Anti-lock braking warning


É diesel version)
This should come on when the igni-
x light
This lights up when the ignition is
tion is switched on. It indicates that the switched on and goes out after a few
heater plugs are in operation. It goes seconds.
A out after preheating is sufficient and the If it does not go out after the ignition is
engine can be started. switched on, or lights up when driving,
Airbag warning light there is a fault with the ABS. Braking
å This comes on when the igni-
tion is switched on and goes out after
will then be as normal, without the ABS
system.
a few seconds. If it does not come on Contact an approved Dealer as soon as
when the ignition is switched on or if it possible.
flashes, there is a fault in the system. Low fuel level warning light
Contact an approved Dealer as soon as
possible.
L This comes on when the igni-
tion is switched on and goes out after
Oil pressure warning light Battery charge warning light a few seconds. If it comes on when dri-
À This lights up when the ignition Ú If it comes on when you are ving accompanied by a beep, fill up with
fuel as soon as possible. There is only
is switched on and goes out after a few driving, it indicates that the circuit has
seconds. discharged. Stop and consult an appro- approximately 30 miles (50 km) worth
If it comes on on the road, accompa- ved Dealer as soon as possible. of fuel left after the warning light first
nied by a beep, stop immediately and comes on.
cut the ignition. Tyre pressure loss warning
Check the oil level (refer to “Engine oil
level: general information” in Section
 Please refer to the information
4). If the level is normal, the light has on the “Tyre pressure loss warning” in
come on for another reason: Consult an Section 2.
authorised dealer straight away.

1.44

ENG_UD38115_5
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Tableau de bord : témoins lumineux (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

WARNING LIGHTS (4/5)


The presence and operation of the warning lights DEPEND ON THE EQUIPMENT AND COUNTRY.

Water in the diesel filter war-


2 Door(s) open warning light
^ ning light
Refer to “Opening/closing the doors” in This lights up when the ignition is
Section 1. switched on and goes out after a few
seconds.
A ECO mode warning light

This comes on when ECO mode is ac-
If it comes on when driving, it indicates
the presence of water in the diesel.
tivated. Contact your approved Dealer as soon
Please refer to the information on as possible.
“Driving advice, Eco-driving” in
Engine standby warning
Section 2.
Cruise control warning
 light
Please see information in the para-
Ϧ lights graph on “Stop and Start Function” in
Refer to the information on “Cruise Section 2.
Warning light for electronic control” in Section 2. Unavailability of engine
 stability program ( ESC ) and
Speed limiter warning light
 standby warning light
traction control system
There are several reasons for the warn-
Ð Refer to the information on the
Please see information in the para-
graph on “Stop and Start Function” in
“Speed limiter” in Section 2. Section 2.
ing light to come on: see “Electronic
Stability Program ESC with understeer Traction control system de-
control and traction control” in Section 2.  activation warning light
Refer to the information on “Driving cor-
 Excess speed warning light
A beep will sound and the warn-
ing light will come on if the vehicle ex-
rection devices and aids” in Section 2. ceeds 70 mph (120 km/h).

1.45

ENG_UD38115_5
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Tableau de bord : témoins lumineux (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

WARNING LIGHTS (5/5)


The presence and operation of the warning lights DEPEND ON THE EQUIPMENT AND COUNTRY.

Front passenger air bag


] deactivated warning light
Refer to the information on “Child
safety: deactivating, activating the front
passenger airbag".
B

Seat belt reminder light


™ It is displayed on the console B.
It stays on when the engine is started if
the driver and/or passenger seat belt is
not fastened. When the vehicle is being If no lights or sounds are
driven, it comes on and a beep sounds apparent, this indicates
for approximately 2 minutes until the a fault in the instrument
driver’s seat belt is fastened. panel. This indicates that
it is essential to stop immediately
(as soon as traffic conditions allow).
Ensure that the vehicle is correctly
immobilised and contact an appro-
ved Dealer.

1.46

ENG_UD38115_5
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Tableau de bord : témoins lumineux (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

DISPLAYS AND INDICATORS (1/2)

1
2

Rev counter 1 (rpm x 1,000) Speedometer 2 (km or miles


per hour)

1.47

ENG_UD38074_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Afficheurs et indicateurs (X67 - X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

DISPLAYS AND INDICATORS (2/2)


Automatic gearbox display 5
This indicates the gear engaged. Refer
to the information on the “Automatic
gearbox” in Section 2.
A B

3 5
4

Fuel gauge warning light 3 On-board computer A or B


or 4 Refer to the information on the “Trip
The number of squares lit shows the computer and warning system” in
fuel level. When it is at minimum, the Section 1.
squares disappear and the low fuel
level warning light flashes.

1.48

ENG_UD38074_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Afficheurs et indicateurs (X67 - X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

ON-BOARD COMPUTER (1/5)


f) Estimated range Interpreting some of the
g) Distance travelled values displayed after
1
h) Average speed resetting
2 i) Oil change interval The values showing average fuel
consumption, range and average
j) Reset the tyre pressure speed will become more stable and re-
k) Speed limiter liable the further you travel after pres-
sing the reset button.
l) Clock
For the first few miles after pressing
m) Exterior temperature information. the reset key you will notice that the
Refer to the table on the following range increases as you travel. This
pages showing display examples. range takes into account the average
fuel consumption since the last time the
reset button was pressed. Therefore,
Resetting the trip mileage the fuel consumption may decrease
On-board computer 1 To reset the trip mileage recorder, the when:
display must show the Trip mileometer – the vehicle stops accelerating;
Display selection key 2 function.
– the engine reaches its operating
The display depends on the vehicle and Press and hold button 2. temperature (if the engine was cold
the country. when the reset key was pressed);
Scroll through the following information – when driving from an urban area
by pressing the button 2: onto the open road.
a) Total mileage recorder Resetting is automatic when the maxi-
b) Trip mileage recorder mum capacity of any of the memories
is exceeded.
c) Fuel consumed
d) Average fuel consumption
e) Current fuel consumption

1.49

ENG_UD38169_5
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Ordinateur de bord (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

ON-BOARD COMPUTER (2/5)


The display of information shown below DEPENDS ON THE VEHICLE EQUIPMENT AND COUNTRY.

Examples of selections
Interpreting the display selected
Display A Display B

a) Total mileage recorder.

b) Trip mileage recorder.

– c) Fuel used since the last time the reset button was pressed.

d) Average fuel consumption since the last time the reset button was
– pressed.
This value is displayed after driving 400 metres and takes into account
the distance travelled and the fuel used since the last time the reset
button was pressed.

1.50

ENG_UD38169_5
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Ordinateur de bord (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

ON-BOARD COMPUTER (3/5)


The display of information shown below DEPENDS ON THE VEHICLE EQUIPMENT AND COUNTRY.

Examples of selections
Interpreting the display selected
Display A Display B

e) Current fuel consumption.


– This value is displayed after a speed of approximately 20 mph (30 km/h)
is reached.

f) Estimated range with remaining fuel.


– This range takes into account the average fuel consumption since the
last time the reset button was pressed.
The value is displayed after driving around 400 metres.

g) Distance travelled since the last time the reset button was pressed.

h) Average speed since the last reset.


– The value is displayed after driving around 400 metres.

1.51

ENG_UD38169_5
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Ordinateur de bord (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

ON-BOARD COMPUTER (4/5)


The display of information shown below DEPENDS ON THE VEHICLE EQUIPMENT AND COUNTRY.

Examples of selections
Interpreting the display selected
Display A Display B
j) Mileage before service
Distance remaining until the next oil change.
There are several scenarios:
– mileage before oil change service less than 1000 miles Warning light Ê on
the instrument panel comes on accompanied by the message “1000 miles”.
– mileage before oil change service 0 miles. Warning light Ê on the instru-
ment panel comes on accompanied by the message “--- miles”.
The distance appears on the display for approximately 8 seconds when
the ignition is switched on as soon as the distance is less than or equal to
1000 miles.
The vehicle requires an oil change as soon as possible.

Note: depending on the vehicle, the mileage before an oil change varies according to the driving style (frequent driving at low
speed, door-to-door journeys, extensive use at idle speed, towing a trailer etc.). The distance remaining until the next oil change
can therefore decrease more quickly in some cases than the actual distance travelled.
The oil change intervals are independent of the vehicle’s maintenance schedule: please refer to your vehicle’s maintenance do-
cument.
Resetting: to reset the mileage before an oil change, press and hold the display reset button for approximately 10 seconds until
the display shows the range permanently.

1.52

ENG_UD38169_5
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Ordinateur de bord (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

ON-BOARD COMPUTER (5/5)


The display of information shown below DEPENDS ON THE VEHICLE EQUIPMENT AND COUNTRY.

Examples of selections
Interpreting the display selected
Display A Display B

j) Reset the tyre pressure.


Please refer to the information on the “Tyre pressure loss warning” in
Section 2.

k) Cruise control and speed limiter programmed speed (if activated).


Refer to the information on the “Speed limiter” and “Cruise control” in
Section 2.

l) Time.

m) Exterior temperature.

1.53

ENG_UD38169_5
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Ordinateur de bord (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

STEERING WHEEL/CLOCK
Press and hold button 3 to enter the
2 2 hour setting mode.
When only the hours flash, press
button 3 briefly, to scroll through them.
Press and hold button 3 to enter the
minute setting mode.
1 When only the minutes flash, press
button 3 briefly, to scroll through them.
3 Confirm by pressing and holding
button 3.

Adjusting the steering wheel Setting the time


Depending on the vehicle, the steering Resetting the clock 2
wheel position is adjustable.
Display the “Clock” display on the instru-
Pull lever 1 and move the steering ment panel by pressing the button 3.
wheel to the required position.
Then push the lever to lock the steer-
ing wheel.
Make sure that the steering wheel is
correctly locked.

If the power supply is cut (battery


disconnected, supply wire cut, etc.),
the clock must be reset.
We recommend that you do not
For safety reasons, carry
adjust these settings while driving.
out any adjustments when
the vehicle is stationary.

1.54

ENG_UD24418_1
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Volant de direction/Heure (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

EXTERIOR LIGHTING AND SIGNALS (1/2)


Dipped beam From the dipped beam headlights posi-
1 2 k headlights tion, turn the end of the stalk 1 until the
Turn the end of stalk 1 until the symbol
is opposite mark 2.
symbol e appears by the mark 2.

This indicator light on the instrument Daytime running lights


panel comes on. function
1 2 (front lights only)
Main beam headlights
á With the dipped beam
These lights are automatically lit during
daylight hours. They are deactivated
headlights lit, push stalk 1. This indica- when the main and dipped beams are
tor light on the instrument panel comes lit.
on.
To return to the dipped headlight posi-
tion, pull the stalk 1 towards you again. Lights-on reminder buzzer
Side lights If the lights are on after the engine is
š Switching off the lights switched off, a warning beep sounds
Turn the end of stalk 1 until the
symbol is opposite mark 2.
e From the main beam head- when the driver’s door is opened to
warn you that the lights are still on.
lights position, pull the stalk 1 towards
you, then turn the end of the stalk 1
until the symbol
mark 2.
e appears by the

Before driving at night, check that the electrical equipment is operating


correctly and adjust the headlight beams (if your vehicle is not carrying
its normal load).
Check that the lights are not obscured (by dirt, mud, snow or objects
which could cover them).

1.55

ENG_UD38128_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Eclairages et signalisations extérieures (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

EXTERIOR LIGHTING AND SIGNALS (2/2)


Rear fog lights Turning off the fog
2 3 h Turn centre ring 3 on the
e lights
stalk until the symbol faces mark 2. Turn centre ring 3 on the stalk until the
The fog lights only light up if the exterior symbol faces mark 2.
lights have been switched on. An indi- The corresponding indicator light goes
cator light on the instrument panel then out on the instrument panel.
lights up.
2 3 The front and rear fog lights switch off
Remember to switch off the these when the exterior lights are switched
lights when they are no longer requi- off.
red to avoid inconveniencing other road
users.

Front fog lights


g Turn centre ring 3 on the stalk
until the symbol faces mark 2.
The fog lights only light up if the exterior
lights have been switched on. An indi-
cator light on the instrument panel then
lights up.
Do not forget to switch off the fog lights
when they are no longer needed, to
avoid inconveniencing other road
users.
If driving on the left in a left-hand
drive vehicle (or vice versa), drivers
must have the lights adjusted by an
authorised dealer for the duration of
the trip.

1.56

ENG_UD38128_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Eclairages et signalisations extérieures (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

HEADLIGHT BEAM ADJUSTMENT

Examples of positions for adjusting


control A according to the load
A

Driver alone or with front passenger 0

Driver with one front passenger and


1
one rear passenger

Control A is used to adjust the height


of the headlight beams according to the
load.
Do not use 2
Turn control A anticlockwise to lower
the beams and clockwise to raise them.

Driver with one front passenger and


3
two or three rear passengers

If driving on the left in a left-hand Driver with one front passenger,


drive vehicle (or vice versa), drivers 3
three rear passengers and luggage
must have the lights adjusted by an
authorised dealer for the duration of
the trip.

1.57

ENG_UD29272_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Réglage de la hauteur des faisceaux (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

AUDIBLE AND VISUAL SIGNALS

2
1

Horn Hazard warning lights Direction indicators


Press the end of the stalk 1. é Press switch 2. Move stalk 1 parallel to the steering
wheel and in the direction you are going
This switch activates all four direction to turn it.
Headlight flasher indicators and the side indicator lights
simultaneously. One-touch mode
Pull stalk 1 towards you to flash the
headlights. It must only be used in an emergency to When driving, it is possible that the
warn drivers of other vehicles that you steering wheel may not be turned suf-
have had to stop in an area where stop- ficiently to return the stalk automatically
ping is prohibited or unexpected, or that to its starting position.
you are obliged to drive under special In this case, briefly turn stalk 1 to the in-
conditions. termediate position, then release it: the
stalk returns to its original point and the
indicator light flashes three times.

1.58

ENG_UD24422_1
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Avertisseurs sonore et lumineux (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

WINDSCREEN WASH/WIPE
Windscreen wiper
s With the ignition on, pull stalk 1
1 D towards you. In frosty weather, make sure that
A brief pull will trigger a single sweep the wiper blades are not stuck by ice
of the wipers, in addition to the wind- (risk of motor overheating).
A screen washer. Keep an eye on the condition of the
B A longer pull will trigger three sweeps blades. They should be replaced as
of the wipers, in addition to the wind- soon as they become less efficient.
C screen washer. This will occur approximately once
a year. Clean your windscreen reg-
D ularly.
If you switch off the ignition before
C switching off the windscreen wiper
(position A) the blades will stop at
Windscreen wiper random on the windscreen.
n With the ignition on, move After switching the ignition back on,
stalk 1 around the steering wheel: simply move stalk 1 to position A to
place them in the park position.
A Park.
B Intermittent wiping.
The wipers will pause for several
seconds between sweeps.
C Normal wiping speed.
D Fast wiping speed. Before any action on the
windscreen (washing the
vehicle, de-icing, cleaning
When working in the engine the windscreen, etc.) return
compartment, ensure that stalk 1 to position A (park).
the windscreen wiper stalk
is in position A (park). Risk Risk of injury and/or damage.
of injury.

1.59

ENG_UD24423_1
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Essuie-vitre / Lave-vitre avant (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

REAR SCREEN WASH/WIPE, DE-ICING


Rear screen washer/
p wiper
1 2 (depending on vehicle)
With the ignition switched on, turn the 3
end of stalk 2 to align the symbol with
mark 1.
When the stalk is released, it returns to
the rear wipe position.

Rear screen wiper Heated rear screen


Y (depending on vehicle) V This function de-ices/demists
With the ignition switched on, turn the the rear screen and rearview mirrors
end of stalk 2 to align the symbol with (depending on the vehicle).
Before using the rear wiper, check
mark 1. With the engine running, press
that no object is obstructing the
travel of the blade. switch 3. The indicator light in the
switch lights up.
In frosty weather, make sure that
the wiper blades are not stuck by ice Depending on the vehicle, the function
(to avoid the risk of the motor over- is stopped:
heating). – automatically after 12 minutes of op-
Keep an eye on the condition of the eration;
blades. Replace the wiper blades as – by pressing button 3 again.
soon as they begin to lose efficiency The integrated indicator light goes off.
(approximately once a year).
Regularly clean your rear screen.

1.60

ENG_UD24424_1
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Essuie-vitre / Lave-vitre arrière / Dégivrage (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

FUEL TANK (1/5)

Do not mix even small


amounts of petrol (un-
leaded or E85) with diesel.
1 Do not use ethanol-based
fuel if your vehicle is not compatible
A with this fuel.
B Do not add any additives to the fuel,
you risk damaging the engine.
3
2

Petrol and diesel versions Depending on the vehicle, lift lever 3 to


Fuel filler cap: this is spe-
unlock the fuel filler flap A. Open it, then
Capacity of the fuel tank: 50 litres ap- unscrew fuel filler cap 1. cific to the vehicle type. If
proximately. you have to replace it, make
The cap 1 can be unlocked with the ig- sure the new cap is of the
nition key. same type. Contact an approved
dealer.
For details on filling the fuel tank, refer
to the information on “Filling with fuel”. Never place the cap near a source
of heat or flame.
There is a cap holder 2 on the fuel filler
flap for holding the cap when the tank is Vehicle fitted with the Stop and Do not wash the filler area with a
being filled. Start function high-pressure washer.
To fill up with fuel, the engine must
be stopped (and not on standby):
stop the engine (please refer to the
information on “Starting and stop-
Do not wash the filler ping the engine” in Section 2).
area with a high-pressure
washer.

1.61

ENG_UD38129_4
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Réservoir carburant (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

FUEL TANK (2/5)


Fuel grade Petrol version Filling with fuel
Use a high-grade fuel that complies It is essential to use unleaded petrol. With the ignition off, insert the nozzle to
with the legislation in force in each The octane rating (RON) should match open the valve and insert it fully before
country. It must conform to the specifi- the information given on the label B lo- turning it on to fill the fuel tank (risk of
cations given on label B inside the fuel cated inside the fuel filler flap. splashing).
filler flap. Keep the nozzle in this position
Diesel versions
Refer to the “Engine specifications” throughout the entire filling operation.
table in Section 6. It is essential to use diesel fuel that When the pump cuts out automatically
conforms to the specifications given on at the end of the filling procedure, a
Vehicles running on ethanol-based the label inside fuel flap B. maximum of two further filling attempts
fuel may be made, as there must be suffi-
Always use unleaded petrol or fuel cient space in the fuel tank to allow for
containing a maximum of 85 percent expansion.
ethanol (E85). Make sure that no water enters the fuel
In very cold conditions it may be difficult tank during filling. The valve and its sur-
or even impossible to start the engine. Persistent fuel odour round must remain clean.
To avoid this problem, use unleaded If you notice a persistent
petrol. Petrol versions
fuel odour you should: Using leaded petrol will damage the
Note: you may notice an increase in – stop the vehicle as soon as traf- antipollution system and may lead to a
fuel consumption with this type of fuel. fic conditions allow and switch off loss of warranty.
When the fuel is changed the engine the ignition; To ensure that the fuel tank is not filled
must adjust, which may cause minor in- – switch on the hazard warning with leaded petrol, the fuel tank filler
conveniences for a few minutes (longer lights and ask your passengers to neck contains a restrictor fitted with a
starting times, cutting out, etc.). leave the vehicle and stay clear foolproof system which only allows
of the traffic; the nozzle for unleaded petrol to be
used (at the pump).
– contact an approved Dealer.

1.62

ENG_UD38129_4
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Réservoir carburant (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

FUEL TANK (3/5)


LPG versions
4 4
Useful capacity of fuel tank: approx.
34 litres.

Filling up with LPG


Engage the handbrake, stop the engine,
switch off the ignition and switch off the
lights.
Always respect the safety instructions 4
given at filling stations.
When filling the fuel tank, it is recom-
mended to always fill up completely.
When the pump stops delivering LPG,
or when the pump flow reduces signi-
ficantly, the maximum LPG level has Filling stations without self-service
been reached. If service station staff fill your vehicle
At this point, do not attempt to carry on with LPG, give them a filling adapter 4,
filling. as supplied in a pouch in the glovebox.

IMPORTANT:
The adapter 4 depends on the coun-
try in which the vehicle is sold.
Before travelling to another country,
please consult an authorised dealer.

1.63

ENG_UD38129_4
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Réservoir carburant (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

FUEL TANK (4/5)


When the pump finishes or if it has dif-
ficulties operating, this means that the
maximum tank fill level (80%) has been
reached.
The filling will stop as soon as you re-
5 lease the button. Release the stop
lever (a small amount of gas may be re-
leased), lift the pistol and place it on the
distributor.
Replace the cap 5 to avoid any water
or foreign bodies from entering the
6 system.

Filling stations with self-service


We recommend that you wear gloves
when handling the LPG pistol.
Open your vehicle’s tank cover and un-
screw the cap 5 from the end piece of
the LPG filler 6.
Carefully follow the information explai-
ning how to refill using the LPG distri-
butor.

1.64

ENG_UD38129_4
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Réservoir carburant (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

FUEL TANK (5/5)


Vehicles without manual priming
pump
Put the ignition key in “Ignition On” (M)
position and wait a few minutes before
starting. This will enable the fuel circuit
7 to be primed. If the engine does not
start, repeat the procedure.
8

No modifications what-
soever are permitted on
any part of the fuel supply
Running out of fuel on diesel system (computers, wiring,
versions fuel circuit, injector, protection
covers, etc.) as this may be dan-
Vehicles with priming pump 7 gerous (such work must be under-
taken by qualified Network person-
After a breakdown caused by comple-
nel).
tely running out of fuel, the system must
be reprimed before the engine is res-
tarted:
Operate priming bulb 7 until the fuel
flows through the hose 8.
If the engine does not start after several The engine may be hot
attempts, contact an approved dealer. when working in close proxi-
mity. In addition, the engine
cooling fan may come on at
any moment.
Risk of injury.

1.65

ENG_UD38129_4
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Réservoir carburant (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

1.66

ENG_UD24395_1
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_1 Filler NU (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

Section 2: Driving
(Advice on use relating to fuel economy and the environment)

Running in, Ignition switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2


Starting, Stopping the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3
stop and start function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5
Special features of petrol versions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.8
Special features of diesel versions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.9
Special features of LPG versions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.10
Driving advice, Eco-driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.13
Maintenance and anti-pollution advice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.17
Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.18
Tyre pressure loss warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.19
Gear lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.22
Handbrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.23
Power-assisted steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.23
Driver correction devices and aids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.24
Speed limiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.27
Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.30
Parking sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.34
Reversing camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.36
Automatic gearbox. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.38
2.1

ENG_UD38221_8
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_2 Sommaire 2 (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

RUNNING IN, IGNITION SWITCH


Petrol version Ignition on position M
For the first 600 miles (1,000 km), do The ignition is switched on:
not exceed 78 mph (130 km/h) in the – petrol version: the engine may be
highest gear, or 3,000 to 3,500 rpm. started.
You may only expect top performance – diesel version: the engine is pre-
from your vehicle after approximately heating.
1,800 miles (3,000 km).
Oil change frequency: please refer to
your vehicle’s maintenance document. Start position D
If the engine fails to start at the first at-
tempt, turn the key back before activat-
Diesel version ing the starter again.
For the first 1,000 miles (1,500 km), Release the key as soon as the engine
do not exceed 80 mph (130 km/h) in starts.
the highest gear, or 2,500 rpm. After
completing this mileage you may drive Stop and steering lock
faster, although you may only expect position St Special note on vehicles with
top performance after approximately To lock: remove the key and turn the an automatic gearbox
3,600 miles (6,000 km). steering wheel until the steering column Refer to the information on the
During the running in period, do not ac- locks. “Automatic gearbox” in Section 2.
celerate hard while the engine is still To unlock: turn the key and the steering
cold and do not let the engine over-rev. wheel slightly.
Service intervals: refer to the
Maintenance Document for your vehi-
cle.
Accessories position A
When the ignition is switched off, any
accessories (radio, etc.) will continue to
function.

2.2

ENG_UD38130_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_2 Rodage / Contacteur de démarrage (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

STARTING, STOPPING THE ENGINE (1/2)


Starting the engine LPG versions At temperatures close to 0°C or less, it
The engine is always started using is recommended to use ECO mode to
In very cold conditions (temperatures maximise the use of LPG. Please refer
below –20°C): so that it is easier to petrol:
to the information on “Driving advice,
start the engine, switch on the ignition – activate the starter without accelerat- Eco-driving” in Section 2.
for several seconds before starting the ing;
engine. To enable the system to operate
– release the key as soon as the smoothly and to prevent any wear to
When starting the engine, if the outdoor engine starts. the vehicle’s electric petrol pump, the
temperature is very low (below -10°C): petrol tank should always be around
hold down the clutch pedal until the The system will automatically deter-
mine the switchover from petrol to LPG. 1/4 full.
engine starts.
When operating on LPG, the fuel gauge
Petrol injection may indicate a drop in the petrol level
– Activate the starter without de- and the on-board computer will not op-
pressing the accelerator. erate.
– Release the key as soon as the Under certain winter conditions, the
engine starts. system may delay or prevent the oper-
ation of LPG, without any warning light
Diesel injection
É Turn the ignition key to ignition
coming on or any beep.
After stopping the engine (not putting it
“On” position M, and hold this position on standby), if the environmental con-
until the preheating warning light goes ditions are once again suitable, the
out. system may once again permit LPG
Move the key to “Start” position D with- mode.
out accelerating. Release the key as
soon as the engine starts.

2.3

ENG_UD38131_6
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_2 Démarrage, Arrêt du moteur (X67 - X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

STARTING, STOPPING THE ENGINE (2/2)


Stopping the engine
With the engine idling, turn the key
back to “Stop” position St.

Special note
Depending on the vehicle, accessories
(e.g. radio) stop working either when
the engine is switched off or when the
doors are locked, or when the driver’s
door is opened. Never leave your vehi-
cle with the key or remote
control inside and never
leave a child (or a pet) un-
supervised, even for a short while.
The reason for this is that the child
may endanger himself or others by
starting the engine, activating equip-
ment such as the window winders
for example, or locking the doors.
Risk of serious injury.
Never switch off the ignition
before the vehicle has stopped
completely. Once the engine has
stopped, the brake servo, power as-
sisted steering and passive safety
equipment such as air bags will no
longer operate.
The steering is locked when the key
is removed.

2.4

ENG_UD38131_6
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_2 Démarrage, Arrêt du moteur (X67 - X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

STOP AND START function (1/3)


This system enables a reduced fuel For manual gearboxes:
consumption and lower greenhouse – the gearbox is in neutral; If you get out of the vehicle, a beep
gas emissions. and notifies you that the engine is on
The system is activated automatically – the clutch pedal is released. standby and has not been switched
when the vehicle is started. off.
While driving, the system stops the
engine (standby) when the vehicle is
If warning light  flashes, this
means that the clutch pedal is not
at a standstill (traffic jam, traffic lights, sufficiently released.
etc). and
– the vehicle speed is less than ap-
proximately 7 mph (3 km/h). Before getting out of the
Conditions for engine vehicle, you must switch off
standby In all vehicles, the warning light  the ignition (please see sec-
tion on “Starting, stopping
The vehicle has set off from where it on the instrument panel is lit when the
the engine”).
was parked; engine is on standby.
For automatic or sequential gear- The vehicle equipment remain opera-
box: tional while the engine is stopped.
– the box is in position D or N ;
and
– the brake pedal is depressed (suffi-
ciently hard); Do not drive off when the
and engine is on standby (warn-
– the accelerator pedal is not de-
pressed;

ing light is displayed
on the instrument panel).
and
– the speed is zero for around
1 second.
The engine remains on standby if posi-
tion P is selected, or if position N is se-
lected with the handbrake engaged and
the brake pedal released. If the engine stalls while the system
is in operation, pressing the clutch Engine on standby - braking
pedal right down will start it again. assistance is no longer ope-
rational.

2.5

ENG_UD38132_1
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_2 Fonction Stop and Start (X92 - Dacia)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

STOP AND START function (2/3)


Preventing the engine from Conditions for coming out of Conditions preventing the
standing by engine standby standby of the engine
In certain situations, such as negotiat- For automatic or sequential gear- Certain conditions prevent the system
ing a crossroads for instance, it is pos- box: from using the engine standby function,
sible (with the system activated) to keep including when:
– the brake pedal is released, position – reverse gear is engaged;
the engine running so as to be ready to D engaged or,
move off quickly. – the bonnet is not locked;
– the brake pedal is released, position – the outdoor temperature is too low
Automatic or sequential gearbox N engaged and the handbrake off, or or too high (less than around 0 °C or
Keep the vehicle stationary without – the brake pedal is pressed again, higher than around 30 °C);
pressing too hard on the brake pedal. with position P engaged or position – the battery is not sufficiently
N engaged with the handbrake ap- charged;
Manual gearbox plied, or – the engine temperature is too low;
Keep the clutch pedal pressed right – position R is engaged or, – interruption due to the emission
down. – the accelerator pedal is pressed. control system;
For manual gearboxes: or
– ...
– the gearbox is in neutral and the
clutch pedal is slightly depressed, or
– the engine is in gear and the clutch
The warning light appears on the
instrument panel to indicate that engine
pedal is pressed right down. standby is not available.

To fill up with fuel, the engine must


be stopped (and not on standby): Deactivate the Stop and
always stop the engine (please see Start function for any opera-
“Starting, stopping the engine”). tion performed in the engine
compartment.

2.6

ENG_UD38132_1
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_2 Fonction Stop and Start (X92 - Dacia)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

STOP AND START function (3/3)


Special feature of the automatic The system is automatically reacti-
engine re-start vated each time the vehicle is started
Under certain conditions, the engine (see “Starting, stopping the engine” in
can restart on its own in order to gua- Section 2).
rantee your safety and comfort.
This can occur especially when: Operating faults
– the outdoor temperature is too low or If warning light 2 lights up without press-
too high (less than around 0 °C or ing switch 1, the system is deactivated.
higher than around 30 °C); Please consult an authorised dealer.
– the battery is not sufficiently char-
ged; 2
– the vehicle speed is above 3 mph
1
(5 km/h) (downhill slope, etc.);
– repeated pressing on the brake
pedal or braking system require- Deactivating, activating the
ment; function
– ... Press 1 to deactivate the function.
Warning light 2 in the switch lights up.
Pressing this again will reactivate the
system. Warning light 2 in switch 1
goes out.

Before getting out of the


Note: With the engine on standby, vehicle, you must switch off
press switch 1 to automatically re- the ignition (please see sec-
start the engine. tion on “Starting, stopping
the engine”).

2.7

ENG_UD38132_1
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_2 Fonction Stop and Start (X92 - Dacia)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

SPECIAL FEATURES OF PETROL VERSIONS


The following operating conditions If you notice any of the above operating
should be avoided: faults, have the necessary repairs car-
– driving for long periods when the low ried out as soon as possible by an ap-
fuel level warning light is lit; proved dealer.

– using leaded petrol; These faults may be avoided by regu-


larly taking your vehicle to an approved
– using fuel or lubrication additives Dealer at the intervals specified in the
which are not approved. Maintenance Document.
Or operating faults such as:
– faulty ignition, running out of fuel or Starting problems
disconnected spark plugs resulting To avoid damaging the catalytic con-
in the engine misfiring or cutting out verter, do not keep trying to start the
when driving; engine (using the start button, or by
– loss of power, pushing or towing the vehicle) without
having identified and corrected the
may cause the catalytic converter to
cause of the fault.
overheat, reducing its efficiency which
may irreparably damage it and cause If the fault cannot be identified, do not
heat damage to the vehicle. continue to try and start the engine, but
contact an approved dealer.

Do not park the vehicle or


run the engine in locations
where combustible sub-
stances or materials such
as grass or leaves can come into
contact with the hot exhaust system.

2.8

ENG_UD10826_1
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_2 Particularités des versions essence (X95 - J95 - R95 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

SPECIAL FEATURES OF DIESEL VERSIONS


Diesel engine speed Precautions to be taken in winter
Diesel engines are fitted with an injec- To avoid any faults in icy weather:
tion pump which prevents the engine – ensure that the battery is always fully
speed being exceeded irrespective of charged,
the gear selected.
– always keep the diesel tank rela-
When driving, depending on the fuel tively full to avoid water vapour con-
grade used, it is possible that white densing in it and accumulating at the
smoke may be emitted. bottom of the tank.
This is due to the exhaust particle filter
being cleaned automatically, and does
not affect the way the vehicle runs.

Running out of fuel


If the tank has been completely
drained, the system must be reprimed
after the tank is refilled: see information
on the “Fuel tank” in section 1 before
restarting the engine.

Do not park the vehicle or


run the engine in locations
where combustible sub-
stances or materials such
as grass or leaves can come into
contact with a hot exhaust system.

2.9

ENG_UD24431_1
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_2 Particularités des versions diesel (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

SPECIAL FEATURES OF LPG VERSIONS (1/3)


LPG vehicles Fuel gauge warning light A
A
These vehicles operate using petrol or Warning lights A (4 green lights and 1
LPG. red light) indicate the level in the LPG
They have two separate tanks. tank.

What is LPG? The red warning light indicates the fuel


tank.
LPG stands for Liquefied Petroleum
Gas. The amount of LPG indicated is an in-
It can be readily identified by its charac- dicative value.
teristic smell. The red warning light indicates that
the tank is almost empty and that the
engine is operating using the fuel tank
(approximately 11 to 13 litres).
D C B
LPG/petrol fuel mode selection
control C
This enables the driver to switch from
one fuel to another.

Green warning light D


An LPG installation on a ve-
A lit warning light indicates that LPG
hicle may lead to changes
mode is active.
to the vehicle’s features,
compared to petrol ver- Rapid flashing of the warning light D
sions. This may relate to the number indicates that the system is waiting for If the yellow warning light is
of seats, mass (usable capacity) the necessary conditions to switch to on while the green warning
and towing capacity. LPG mode. light flashes slowly and a
Contact an authorised dealer. beep is heard, please take
Yellow warning light B
your vehicle to an authorised dealer
A lit warning light indicates that petrol for inspection.
mode is active.

2.10

ENG_UD38217_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_2 Particularités des versions GPL (X92 - Dacia)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

SPECIAL FEATURES OF LPG VERSIONS (2/3)


Pressing control C stops the beep from
A sounding and only the yellow warning
light B stays on.
Depending on the vehicle, under cer-
tain conditions of use, the system may
opt to temporarily switch back to petrol
mode without any beep sounding (ex-
ample: strong acceleration). Once the
suitable conditions are present once
C again, it will automatically switch back
to LPG mode. After several failed at-
tempts, the system may decide to stay
in petrol mode. You can then retry the
switch to LPG mode after a few miles
D C B by pressing the button C.
Changing fuel while driving To switch from LPG to petrol. Operating fault
You are recommended to use the fuel Release the accelerator pedal and In the event of a fault which may affect
mode selection control C once the vehi- press the control C. the correct operation of the engine, the
cle is started. Petrol mode is indicated by the yellow system automatically switches from
warning light B. LPG to petrol mode.
To switch from petrol to LPG
This is confirmed by:
Press control C. The vehicle will switch Automatic switch to petrol – the appearance of the yellow warn-
to LPG the next time the accelerator The system automatically switches to ing light B;
pedal is pressed. petrol mode if there is no more LPG – slow flashing of the green warning
The LPG fuel level A is activated. The remaining in the tank. You will be in- light D;
yellow warning light B goes out and the formed by: – a beep sounds.
green warning light D flashes quickly, – the green D and yellow B warning
then stops flashing to confirm that LPG lights coming on;
has been selected. – a beep sounds.

2.11

ENG_UD38217_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_2 Particularités des versions GPL (X92 - Dacia)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

SPECIAL FEATURES OF LPG VERSIONS (3/3)


If driving under severe LPG has a very specific
conditions smell so you will be able to
If driving under severe conditions detect any leaks easily. If
(heavily laden vehicle, high outside you smell gas in your vehi-
temperature, starting on a steep slope, cle or immediately surrounding your
etc), you are recommended to switch to vehicle:
petrol mode. – switch to petrol mode immedi-
ately and make sure there are no
At temperatures close to 0°C or less, it
flames or sources of fire near the
is recommended to use ECO mode to
vehicle;
maximise the use of LPG. Please refer
– go to an authorised dealer.
to the information on “Driving advice,
Eco-driving” in Section 2.

In the event of an accident


The main precautions to be taken are
the same as with petrol vehicles:
– apply the handbrake;
– stop the engine (a safety device that
stops LPG from entering the engine
is automatically triggered);
– switch off the ignition;
– observe local regulations.

Do not touch, hit or dis-


mantle any part of the LPG
system components.

2.12

ENG_UD38217_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_2 Particularités des versions GPL (X92 - Dacia)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

DRIVING ADVICE, ECO-DRIVING (1/4)


Fuel consumption is accredited in ac-
cordance with a standard regulatory
method. Identical for all manufactur-
ers, this enables vehicles to be com-
pared with one another. Consumption
in real time depends on vehicle usage
conditions, the equipment fitted and the
user’s driving style. To optimise fuel
consumption, please refer to the follow- 1
ing advice.
Depending on the vehicle, you will have
various functions which enable you to
lower your fuel consumption:
– the rev counter;
– gear change indicator;
– ECO mode activated by button ECO.
Gear change indicator 1
To obtain optimum consumption levels,
a warning light on the instrument panel
lets you know the best time to move up
or down a gear:

Š move up a gear;

‰ move down a gear.

2.13

ENG_UD36360_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_2 Conseils de conduite, Eco conduite (X92 - X67 - Dacia)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

DRIVING ADVICE, ECO-DRIVING (2/4)

3
2

ECO mode While driving, it is possible to leave the


ECO mode temporarily in order to im-
ECO mode is a function which opti- prove engine performance.
mises fuel consumption. Depending
on the vehicle, this acts on certain con- To do this, press the accelerator pedal
sumption elements, such as the engine. firmly and fully.
ECO mode is reactivated when you
Activating the function take pressure off the accelerator pedal.
Press switch 3.
Disabling the function
The 2  warning light comes on on Press switch 3.
the instrument panel to confirm activa-
tion.
The 2  light goes out on the in-
strument panel to confirm deactivation.

2.14

ENG_UD36360_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_2 Conseils de conduite, Eco conduite (X92 - X67 - Dacia)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

DRIVING ADVICE, ECO-DRIVING (3/4)


– Avoid sudden acceleration.
– Brake as little as possible. If you an-
ticipate an obstacle or bend in ad-
vance, you may then simply release
the accelerator pedal.
– Do not try to maintain the same
speed up a hill, accelerate no more
than you would on the level. Keep
your foot in the same position on the
accelerator pedal.
– Double declutching and accelerating
before switching off are unnecessary
in modern vehicles.
– Bad weather, flooded roads:

Do not drive through


Driving advice, Eco-driving floods if the water is
above the lower edge of
Behaviour the wheel rims.
– Drive carefully for the first few miles
until the engine reaches its normal
operating temperature, rather than
let it warm up while the vehicle is sta-
tionary. Obstructions to the driver
– Speed is expensive. On the driver’s side, only
– Sporty driving uses a lot of fuel: drive use mats suitable for the
with a light right foot. vehicle, attached with the
– Do not overrev the engine in the in- pre-fitted components, and check
termediate gears. the fitting regularly. Do not lay one
You should always use the highest mat on top of another.
gear possible. There is a risk of wedging the
pedals

2.15

ENG_UD36360_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_2 Conseils de conduite, Eco conduite (X92 - X67 - Dacia)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

DRIVING ADVICE, ECO-DRIVING (4/4)


– In vehicles fitted with air condi-
tioning, it is normal to observe an
increase in fuel consumption (es-
pecially in urban conditions) when
it is used. For vehicles fitted with
manual air conditioning, switch off
the system when it is not required.
Advice for reducing consumption
and therefore helping to preserve
the environment:
If the vehicle has been parked in the
sun, open the doors for a few mo-
ments to let the hot air escape before
starting the engine.
– Do not leave an empty roof rack
Tyres Advice on use fitted to the vehicle.
– It is better to fit a trailer for bulky ob-
– An underinflated tyre increases fuel – Favour ECO mode. jects.
consumption. – Electricity is fuel; switch off all the – When towing a caravan, fit a wind
– The use of non-recommended tyres electrical components which are deflector and adjust it carefully.
can increase fuel consumption. not really needed. However (safety – Avoid using the car for door-to-door
first), keep your lights on when the calls (short journeys with long waits
visibility is bad (“see and be seen”). in between) because the engine
– Use the air vents. Driving with the never reaches its normal operating
windows open at 60 mph (100 km/h) temperature.
will increase fuel consumption by
4%.
– Never fill the fuel tank right to the
brim to avoid overflow.

2.16

ENG_UD36360_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_2 Conseils de conduite, Eco conduite (X92 - X67 - Dacia)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

MAINTENANCE AND ANTIPOLLUTION ADVICE


Your vehicle complies with criteria for In addition, replacing engine, fuel – Air filter, fuel filter: a choked ele-
recycling and recovering vehicles at the supply system and exhaust compo- ment will reduce efficiency. It must
end of their service life which will come nents with parts other than those origi- be replaced.
into force in 2015. nally recommended by the manufac- – Ignition and idle speed: no adjust-
Some parts of your vehicle have there- turer may alter your vehicle so that it ment is needed.
fore been designed to facilitate future no longer complies with anti-pollution
recycling. regulations.
Exhaust gas monitoring
These parts are easy to remove so Have your vehicle adjusted and system
that they can be recovered and reproc- checked by an authorised dealer, in ac-
cordance with the instructions given in The exhaust gas monitoring system will
essed by recycling companies. detect any operating faults in the vehi-
your maintenance schedule: they will
By virtue of its design, moderate fuel have all the equipment necessary for cle’s antipollution system.
consumption and initial settings, your ensuring that your vehicle is maintained If this system malfunctions, toxic sub-
vehicle also conforms to current anti- to its original standard. stances may be released into the at-
pollution regulations. The manufac- mosphere or damage may occur.
turer is actively striving to reduce pol- This warning light on the in-
lutant exhaust gas emissions and to
save energy. But the fuel consumption
Engine adjustments
– Spark plugs: for optimum condi-
Ä strument panel will indicate if
there are any faults in the system:
of your vehicle and the level of pollutant tions of use, output and performance This lights up when the ignition is
exhaust gas emissions are also your the specifications laid down by our switched on and goes out when the
responsibility. Ensure that it is main- Design Department must be strictly engine is started.
tained and used correctly. applied.
– If it lights up continuously, consult an
If the spark plugs have to be changed, approved Dealer as soon as possi-
Maintenance use the make, type and gap specified ble;
It is important to remember that fail- for your vehicle’s engine. Contact an
authorised dealer for this. – if it flashes, reduce the engine speed
ure to respect anti-pollution regulations until the light stops flashing. Contact
could lead to legal action being taken an authorised dealer as soon as pos-
against the vehicle owner. sible.

2.17

ENG_UD38086_4
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_2 Conseils entretien et antipollution (X91 - B91 - K91 - D91 - X95 - E95 - J95 - R95 - H79 - X67 - X92 - X98 - X52 - X87 - H79 Ph2 - X07 - JFC - HFE - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

ENVIRONMENT
Your vehicle has been designed with Emissions – At the end of the vehicle’s service
respect for the environment in mind for life, it should be sent to approved
its entire service life: during production, Your vehicle has been designed to emit centres to ensure that it is recycled.
use and at the end of its life. fewer greenhouse gases (CO2) while in
use, and therefore to consume less fuel – In all cases, comply with local legis-
This commitment is illustrated by the of lation.
the manufacturer eco² signature. (eg. 140 g/km, equivalent to 5.3 l/100
km for a diesel vehicle).
Our vehicles are also equipped with a Recycling
Manufacture particle filter system including a cata-
Your vehicle is 85% recyclable and
Your vehicle has been manufactured at lytic converter, an oxygen sensor and
95% recoverable.
a factory which complies with a policy an active carbon filter (the latter pre-
to reduce the environmental impact vents vapour from the fuel tank being To achieve these objectives, many of
on the surrounding areas (reduction of released into the open air). the vehicle components have been de-
water and energy consumption, visual signed to enable them to be recycled.
For certain diesel vehicles, this system
and noise pollution, atmospheric emis- The materials and structures have
also has a particle filter to reduce the
sions and waste water; sorting and re- been carefully designed to allow these
volume of soot particles emitted.
using waste). components to be easily removed and
reprocessed by specialist companies.
Please make your own In order to preserve raw material re-
contribution towards sources, this vehicle incorporates nu-
protecting the environment merous parts made from recycled plas-
too tics or renewable materials (vegetable
or animal-derived materials such as
– Worn parts replaced in the course of cotton or wool).
routine vehicle maintenance (vehi-
cle battery, oil filter, air filter, batter-
ies, etc.) and oil containers (empty or
filled with used oil) must be disposed
of through specialist organisations.

2.18

ENG_UD34481_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_2 Environnement (sans marque) (X35 - X44 - X45 - X77 - X81 - X85 - X90 - X91 - X83 - X61 - TEST - X95 - L90 Ph2 - F90 Ph2 - R90 Ph2 - X33 - X47 - X43 - X38 - H79 -

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

TYRE PRESSURE LOSS WARNING (1/3)


Resetting the standard level
for the tyre pressures
This should be done:
– when the standard tyre pressure
needs to be changed to adapt to
usage conditions (empty, carrying a
load, motorway driving, etc.);
– after swapping a wheel (however this
practice is not recommended);
– after changing a wheel.
It should always be done after checking
the tyre pressure of all four tyres when
1 cold.
Tyre pressures must correspond to the
current usage of the vehicle (empty,
If fitted on the vehicle, while driving, this carrying a load, motorway driving, etc.).
system notifies the driver if one or more
tyres lose pressure.

Operating principle This function is an additio-


Each wheel (except for the emergency nal driving aid.
spare wheel) has a sensor in the infla- However, the function does
tion valve which periodically measures not take the place of the
the tyre pressure while driving. driver. It cannot, therefore, under
any circumstances replace the vi-
Warning light  1 comes on to
alert the driver in the event of insuffi-
gilance or the responsibility of the
driver.
cient pressure (deflated wheel, punctu-
Check the tyre pressures, including
red tyre, etc.).
the emergency spare wheel, once a
month.

2.19

ENG_UD38215_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_2 Avertisseur de perte de pression des pneumatique (X92 - Dacia)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

TYRE PRESSURE LOSS WARNING (2/3)


Note: Puncture

2
The standard tyre pressure cannot be
less than that recommended and indi-
The warning light  and the red

3
cated on the door frame. warning light
gether with a beep.
Ò come on steady to-

They indicate that at least one wheel


Display is punctured or severely underinflated.
Check tyre pressure Replace it or contact an authorised
dealer if it is punctured. Top up the tyre
The warning light
flashing).
 comes on (not pressure if the wheel is deflated.

This indicates that at least one tyre is


flat.
Check and, if necessary, readjust the
pressures of the four wheels when cold.
Resetting procedure
With the ignition on: The warning light 
few minutes’ driving.
goes off after a

– repeatedly press the button 3 to


select the “SEt tP” function on the
display 2;
– press and hold (around 3 seconds)
the button 3 to start initialisation. The
flashing, lasting around five seconds,
followed by a constant display of the
message “SEt tP” indicates that the
reset request for the tyre pressure
reference value has been taken into
account.
Reinitialisation is carried out after a few
The red warning light Ò
requires you to stop imme-
minutes’ driving. The sudden loss of pressure in a diately, for your own safety,
tyre (burst tyre, etc.) cannot be de- as soon as traffic conditions allow.
tected by the system.

2.20

ENG_UD38215_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_2 Avertisseur de perte de pression des pneumatique (X92 - Dacia)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

TYRE PRESSURE LOSS WARNING (3/3)


Check tyre sensors Replacing wheels/tyres Inflation kit
The warning light  flashes for
several seconds, then stays on, along
This system requires specific equip-
ment (wheels, tyres, hubcaps, etc.).
Because the valves are specially desi-
gned, only use equipment approved by
Please see the information on “Tyres” the approved network.
with the orange warning light Ò.
They indicate that at least one tyre is
in Section 5.
Contact an approved Dealer to fit new
Please refer to “Tyre inflation kit” in
Section 5.
not fitted with sensors (e.g. emergency tyres and to find out about available ac-
spare wheel). In other cases, contact cessories compatible with the system
an authorised dealer. and available from your dealer network:
the use of any other accessory could
affect the correct operation of the
Readjustment of tyre system or damage a sensor.
pressures
The tyre pressures must be adjusted
when cold (please refer to the label lo-
Emergency spare wheel
cated on the edge of the driver’s door). If the vehicle is equipped with an emer-
If tyre pressures cannot be checked gency spare wheel, it will not have a
when the tyres are cold, the recom- sensor.
mended pressures must be increased When fitted to the vehicle, the warn-
by 0.2 to 0.3 bar (3 PSI).
Never deflate a hot tyre.

ing light and the orange warning
lightÒ
ment panel.
are displayed on the instru-

2.21

ENG_UD38215_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_2 Avertisseur de perte de pression des pneumatique (X92 - Dacia)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

GEAR LEVER

Selecting reverse gear


(vehicle stationary)
Vehicle with manual gearbox: Follow
the grid marked on knob 1 and, depend-
ing on the vehicle, lift the ring against An impact to the under-
the knob to engage reverse gear. side of the vehicle while
Vehicles with automatic gear- manoeuvring (e.g.: strik-
box: refer to the information on the ing a post, raised kerb or
“Automatic gearbox” in Section 2. other street furniture) may result in
damage to the vehicle (e.g.: defor-
The reversing lights will come on as mation of an axle).
soon as reverse gear is selected with
the ignition on. To prevent any risk of accident,
have your vehicle checked by an
approved dealer.

2.22

ENG_UD38064_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_2 Levier de vitesses (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

HANDBRAKE/POWER-ASSISTED STEERING
To apply Power-assisted steering
Pull lever 1 upwards and make sure the With the engine running, do not leave
vehicle is immobilised. the steering wheel at full lock while sta-
tionary as this may damage the power-
assisted steering pump.
2 With the engine switched off, or if there
is a system fault, it is still possible to
turn the steering wheel. The force re-
quired will be greater.
1

Handbrake
To release
Pull lever 1 up slightly, press button 2
and then lower the lever to the floor.
The red warning light on the instrument
panel will come on if you are driving
with an incorrectly released handbrake.

Depending on the gradient


Make sure that the hand- and/or vehicle load, it may
brake is properly released be necessary when station-
ary to apply the brake by Never switch off the igni-
when driving (red indicator tion when travelling down-
light off), otherwise over- at least a further two notches and
engage a gear (1st or reverse gear). hill, and avoid doing so in
heating, or even damage, may normal driving (assistance
occur. is not provided).

2.23

ENG_UD33448_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_2 Frein à main / Direction assistée (X67 - X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

DRIVER CORRECTION DEVICES/AIDS (1/3)


Depending on the vehicle, this is com- ABS (anti-lock braking Operating faults:
posed of:
– of the ABS (anti-lock braking
system)
Under heavy braking, the ABS prevents
– If the x
warning light on the in-
strument panel comes on while driv-
system);
– electronic stability program ESC the wheels from locking, allowing the ing, braking is still operational;
with understeer control and trac- stopping distance to be managed and
tion control;
– emergency brake assist with, de-
keeping control of the vehicle.
Under these circumstances, the vehi-
– If the x
and D warning
lights on the instrument panel come
pending on the vehicle, braking cle can be steered to avoid an obstacle on when driving, this indicates a
anticipation; whilst braking. In addition, this system fault with the braking system.
can increase stopping distances, par-
In this case, ABS, ESC and emergency
ticularly on roads with low surface grip
braking assist are also deactivated.
(wet ground etc.).
You will feel a pulsation through the Consult an approved dealer.
These functions are an ad- brake pedal each time the system is
ditional aid in the event of activated. The ABS does not in any
critical driving conditions, way improve the vehicle’s physical per-
enabling the vehicle behav- formance relating to the road surface
iour to be adapted to suit the driving and road-holding. It is still essential to
conditions. follow the rules of good driving practice
However, the functions do not take (such as driving at a safe distance from
the place of the driver. They do the vehicle in front, etc.).
not increase the vehicle’s limits
and should not encourage you
to drive more quickly. Therefore,
they can under no circumstances Your braking systems
replace the vigilance or responsibil- are partially operational.
ity of the driver when manoeuvring However, it is dangerous
the vehicle (the driver must always In an emergency, apply firm and to brake suddenly and
be ready for sudden incidents which continuous pressure to the brake it is essential to stop immediately,
may occur when driving). pedal. There is no need to pump as soon as traffic conditions allow.
it repeatedly. The ABS will modu- Contact an approved dealer.
late the force applied in the braking
system.

2.24

ENG_UD36361_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_2 Dispositifs de correction et d’assistance à la conduite (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

DRIVER CORRECTION DEVICES/AIDS (2/3)


Electronic stability program Understeer control Operating faults
ESC with understeer control This system optimises the action of the When the system detects an operating
and traction control ESC in the case of pronounced under-
steering (loss of front axle road hold- fault, the and/or  warning
lights on the instrument panel come on.
Electronic stability control ESC ing).
In this case, the electronic stability pro-
This system helps you to keep control gram ESC with understeer control and
Traction control
of the vehicle in critical driving condi- traction control are deactivated.
tions (avoiding an obstacle, loss of grip This system helps to limit wheelspin of
on a bend, etc.). the drive wheels and to control the ve- Consult an approved dealer.
hicle when pulling away accelerating or
Operating principle decelerating.
A sensor in the steering wheel detects
Operating principle
the direction selected by the driver.
Using the wheel sensors, the system
Other sensors throughout the vehicle measures and compares the speed of
measure the actual direction. the drive wheels at all times and slows
The system compares driver input to down their over-rotation. If a wheel is
the actual trajectory of the vehicle and starting to slip, the system brakes au-
corrects the trajectory if necessary by tomatically until the drive supplied be-
controlling the braking of certain wheels comes compatible with the level of grip
and/or engine power. In the event that under the wheel again.
the system is engaged, indicator light The system also adjusts the engine
speed to the grip available under the
 flashes on the instrument panel. wheels, independently of the pressure
exerted on the accelerator pedal.

2.25

ENG_UD36361_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_2 Dispositifs de correction et d’assistance à la conduite (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

DRIVER CORRECTION DEVICES/AIDS (3/3)


The traction control system offers ad- Hazard warning lights switching on
ditional safety. It is recommended that Depending on the vehicle, these may
you do not drive with the function disa- light up in the event of sudden decel-
bled. Correct this as soon as possible eration.
by pressing the switch 1 again.
Operating faults
Note: The function is reactivated auto- When the system detects an operating
matically when the ignition is switched
on or when a speed of approximately
30 mph (50 km/h) is exceeded.
fault, the warning lightx
played on the instrument panel.
is dis-

1 Consult an approved dealer.


Emergency brake assist
Braking anticipation
This is an additional system to ABS Depending on the vehicle, when you
which helps reduce vehicle stopping rapidly release the accelerator, the
distances. system anticipates the braking ma-
Disabling the traction control noeuvre in order to reduce stopping
Operating principle
system distances.
The system detects an emergency
In some situations (driving on very wet braking situation. In this case, the brak-
ground: snow, mud, etc. or driving with ing assistance immediately develops
snow chains fitted), the system may maximum power and may trigger ABS
reduce the engine output to limit wheel- regulation.
spin. If this is not required, it is possible
to deactivate the function by pressing ABS braking is maintained as long as
switch 1. In this case, the warning light the brake pedal is not released.

 comes on, on the instrument


panel. This action does not deactivate
the ESC.

2.26

ENG_UD36361_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_2 Dispositifs de correction et d’assistance à la conduite (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

CRUISE CONTROL/SPEED LIMITER: speed limiter function (1/3)

2 3 4 5
1

The speed limiter function helps you Controls Switching on


stay within the driving speed limit that
you choose, known as the limit speed. 1 Main “On/Off” switch. Press the side switch 1 . The warn-
2 Limit speed activation, storage and ing light 6 comes on, lit orange and, de-
increase switch (+). pending on the vehicle, the message
“LIMIT” appears on the instrument
3 Decreasing the limit speed (-). panel, or the  warning light comes
4 Activation and recall of memorised on, accompanied by dashes to indicate
limit speed (R). that the speed limiter function is acti-
vated and waiting to store a speed limit.
5 Speed limiter function standby (with
To store the current speed, press
limited speed memory) (O).
switch 2 (+): the limit speed will replace
the dashes.
The minimum stored speed is 20 mph
(30 km/h).

2.27

ENG_UD38206_4
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_2 Régulateur-limiteur de vitesses : fonction limiteur (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

CRUISE CONTROL/SPEED LIMITER: speed limiter function (2/3)


Varying the limit speed Exceeding the limit speed
The limit speed may be changed by re- It is possible to exceed the limit speed
peatedly pressing: at any time. To do this: press the accel-
erator pedal firmly and fully (beyond
2 3 – switch 2 (+) to increase speed;
the resistance point).
– switch 3 (-) to reduce speed.
While the speed is being exceeded, the
programmed speed displayed on the
instrument panel flashes.
Then, release the accelerator: the
speed limiter function will return as
soon as you reach a speed lower than
the stored speed.

Limited speed cannot be maintained


If driving up or down a steep gradient,
Driving the system is unable to maintain the
When a limited speed has been stored limit speed: the stored speed will flash
and this speed is not reached, driving is on the instrument panel information dis-
similar to driving a vehicle without the play to inform you of this situation.
speed limiter function.
Once you have reached the stored
speed, no effort on the accelera-
tor pedal will allow you to exceed
the programmed speed except in an
emergency (refer to information on
“Exceeding the limit speed”).

The speed limiter function is


in no way linked to the brak-
ing system.

2.28

ENG_UD38206_4
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_2 Régulateur-limiteur de vitesses : fonction limiteur (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

CRUISE CONTROL/SPEED LIMITER: speed limiter function (3/3)


Recalling the limit speed
If a speed has been saved, it can be re-
called by pressing switch 4 ((R)).
2 3 4 5
1

Putting the function on Switching off the function


standby The speed limiter function is deac-
The speed limiter function is sus- tivated if you press switch 1: in this
pended when you press switch 5 (O). case a speed is no longer stored. The
In this case, the speed limit remains orange instrument panel warning light
stored and, depending on the vehicle,  goes out, confirming that the func-
the message “MEM”, or the  warn- tion is stopped.
ing light comes on, accompanied by
this speed, on the instrument panel.

When the speed limiter is put on


standby, pressing switch 2 (+) re-
activates the function without taking
into account the stored speed: it is
the speed at which the vehicle is
moving that is taken into account.

2.29

ENG_UD38206_4
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_2 Régulateur-limiteur de vitesses : fonction limiteur (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

CRUISE CONTROL/SPEED LIMITER: cruise control function (1/4)

2 3 4 5
1

This function is an addi-


tional driving aid. However,
the function does not take
the place of the driver.
Therefore, it can under no circum-
The cruise control function helps you to stances replace the driver’s respon- Controls
maintain your driving speed at a speed sibility to respect speed limits and to
that you choose, called the cruising 1 Main “On/Off” switch.
be vigilant (the driver must always
speed. be ready to brake). 2 Cruising speed activation, storage
This cruising speed may be set at any and increase switch (+).
Cruise control must not be used in
speed above 20 mph (30 km/h). heavy traffic, on undulating or slip- 3 Decreasing cruising speed (-).
pery roads (black ice, aquaplan- 4 Activation with recall of saved cruis-
ing, gravel) and during bad weather ing speed (R).
(fog, rain, side winds etc.).
5 Switch the function to standby (with
There is a risk of accidents. cruising speed saved) (O).

The cruise control function


is in no way linked to the
braking system.

2.30

ENG_UD38216_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_2 Régulateur-limiteur de vitesse : fonction régulateur (X92 - Dacia)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

CRUISE CONTROL/SPEED LIMITER: cruise control function (2/4)

1 2 3

6 7

Switching on Activating cruise control Driving


Press switch 1 side . At a steady speed (above 18 mph Once a cruising speed is stored and
(30 km/h approximately)) press switch 2 the cruise control function is active,
The warning light 6 comes on, lit green
or (+): the function is activated and the you may lift your foot off the accelera-
and, depending on the vehicle, the
current speed is saved. tor pedal.
message “CRUISE” or the 
warning light appear on the instrument The cruising speed replaces the dashes
panel, accompanied by dashes to indi- and cruise control is confirmed by the
cate that the cruise control function is appearance of the message “CRUISE”
activated and waiting to store a cruis- or the warning light  and the
ing speed. warning light 7  in green, as well as
warning light 6 , depending on the
vehicle.
Important: you are never-
theless advised to keep
your feet close to the pedals
in order to react if neces-
sary.

2.31

ENG_UD38216_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_2 Régulateur-limiteur de vitesse : fonction régulateur (X92 - Dacia)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

CRUISE CONTROL/SPEED LIMITER: cruise control function (3/4)


Exceeding the cruising speed
The cruising speed may be exceeded
at any time by depressing the accelera-
tor pedal. While it is being exceeded,
2 3 the cruising speed flashes on the in-
strument panel.
Then, release the accelerator: after a
few seconds, the vehicle will automati-
cally return to its set cruising speed.

Cruising speed cannot be


maintained
When driving down a steep gradient,
the system is unable to maintain the
cruising speed: the stored speed will
Adjusting the cruising speed flash on the instrument panel informa-
The cruising speed may be changed by tion display to inform you of this situ-
pressing the following repeatedly: ation.
– switch 2 (+) to increase the speed,
– switch 3 (-) to decrease the speed.

The cruise control function


is in no way linked to the
braking system.

2.32

ENG_UD38216_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_2 Régulateur-limiteur de vitesse : fonction régulateur (X92 - Dacia)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

CRUISE CONTROL/SPEED LIMITER: cruise control function (4/4)


Returning to the cruising speed
If a speed is stored, it can be recalled,
once you are sure that the road con-
ditions are suitable (traffic, road sur-
face, weather conditions, etc.). Press
2 3 4 5 switch 4 (R) if the vehicle speed is 1
above 20 mph (30 km/h).
When the stored speed is recalled, acti-
vation of the cruise control is confirmed
by the illumination of the  warning
light.
NB: if the speed previously stored is
much higher than the current speed,
the vehicle will accelerate more rapidly
to reach this threshold.
Putting the function on Switching off the function
standby The cruise control function is deacti-
The function is set to standby if you: vated if you press switch 1: in this case
a speed is no longer stored. The two in-
– use the switch 5 (O);
strument panel warning lights  and
– the brake pedal;  go out to confirm that the function is
– the clutch pedal; deactivated.
In all three cases, the cruising speed
remains stored and, depending on the
vehicle, the message “MEM” or the
warning light  appear on the instru- When the cruise control function is
Putting the cruise control
ment panel. Standby is confirmed by put on standby, pressing switch 2
on standby or switching it
the warning light  going out. (+) reactivates the cruise control
off does not cause a rapid
function without taking into account
reduction in speed: you
the stored speed: it is the speed at
must brake by depressing the brake
which the vehicle is moving that is
pedal.
taken into account.

2.33

ENG_UD38216_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_2 Régulateur-limiteur de vitesse : fonction régulateur (X92 - Dacia)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

PARKING DISTANCE CONTROL (1/2)


Operating principle
Ultrasonic sensors, fitted in the vehi-
cle’s rear bumper, measure the dis-
tance between the vehicle and an ob-
stacle when reversing.
This measurement is indicated by
beeps which become more frequent the
closer you come to the obstacle, until
they become a continuous beep when
This function is an addi-
the vehicle is approximately 40 centi-
tional aid that indicates the
metres from the obstacle.
distance between the vehi-
There is a beep when reverse gear is cle and an obstacle whilst
engaged. If the beep sounds for a long reversing, using sound signals.
time (3 seconds), this signals an oper-
Under no circumstances should it
ating fault.
replace the driver’s care or respon-
NB: ensure that the ultrasonic sensors sibility whilst reversing.
are not obscured (by dirt, mud, snow,
The driver should always look out
etc.).
An impact to the under- for sudden hazards during driving:
side of the vehicle while always ensure that there are no
manoeuvring (e.g.: strik- moving obstacles (such as a child,
ing a post, raised kerb or animal, pram, bicycle, etc.) or small,
other street furniture) may result in narrow objects such as stones or
damage to the vehicle (e.g.: defor- posts in your path when manoeu-
mation of an axle). vring.
To avoid any risk of accident, have
your vehicle checked by an ap-
proved dealer.

2.34

ENG_UD28035_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_2 Aide au parking (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

PARKING DISTANCE CONTROL (2/2)


Operating faults
When the system detects an operating
fault, there will be a three-second con-
tinuous beep as a warning. Please con-
sult an authorised dealer.

Deactivating the system


You can deactivate the system by
pressing switch 1.
The warning light built into the switch
remains lit constantly.
The deactivated system can be reacti-
vated by pressing the switch again.

2.35

ENG_UD28035_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_2 Aide au parking (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

REVERSING CAMERA (1/2)

2
1

Operation Note: make sure that the reversing


camera is not obscured (by dirt, mud,
When using reverse gear, the camera 1 snow, etc.).
located near the tailgate sends a view
of the area behind the vehicle to the
multimedia display 2 together with a
static guide line.
This system is used with the aid of a
fixed distance gauge. When the red
zone is reached, use the bumper image This function is an additional aid. It cannot, therefore, under any circum-
to stop accurately. stances replace the vigilance or the responsibility of the driver.
The driver should always pay attention to sudden incidents during driv-
ing: always ensure that there are no moving obstacles (such as a child,
animal, pram, bicycle, etc.) or small, narrow objects such as stones or posts in
your path when manoeuvring.

2.36

ENG_UD38065_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_2 Caméra de recul (X92 - Dacia)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

REVERSING CAMERA (2/2)


This gauge remains fixed and indicates
the vehicle trajectory if the wheels are
in line with the vehicle.

C 3
B
A

Static guide line 3:


The static guide line 3 has coloured
markers A, B and C showing the dis- The screen shows a reverse image.
tance behind the vehicle:
The frames are a representation
– A (red) approximately 30 centime- projected onto flat ground; this in-
tres from the vehicle; formation must not be taken into
– B (yellow) approximately 70 centi- account when superimposed on a
metres from the vehicle; vertical object or an object on the
ground.
– C (green) approximately 150 centi-
metres from the vehicle. Objects which appear on the edge
of the screen may be deformed.
In very bright light (snow, vehicle in
sunshine etc.), the camera vision
may be adversely affected.

2.37

ENG_UD38065_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_2 Caméra de recul (X92 - Dacia)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION (1/3)


Driving in automatic mode
Put lever 1 into position D.
In most road conditions you will en-
counter, you will not need to touch your
lever again: the gears will change au-
tomatically at the right time and at the
most suitable engine speed because
the automatic system takes into ac-
count the vehicle load and road contour
1 and adjusts itself to the particular driv-
3 ing style you have chosen.
2 4
Economical driving
When driving, always leave the lever
in position D, keeping the accelerator
Selector lever 1 Operation pedal lightly depressed to ensure auto-
P: park With the selection lever 1 in position P, matic gear changes at a lower engine
switch on the ignition. speed.
R: reverse
N: Neutral To move out of position P, you must de- Accelerating and overtaking
press the brake pedal before pressing
D: automatic mode Depress the accelerator pedal firmly
the unlocking button 2.
and fully (so that it goes beyond the
M: manual mode With your foot on the brake pedal kickdown point).
+: upper gear (warning light 3 on the display goes
This will enable you to change down
out), move the lever out of position P.
–: lower gear to the optimum gear within the
The display 4 notifies the driver about engine range.
4: displays the gear engaged in manual the current mode and gear.
mode.
Only engage D or R when the vehi-
Note: Press the 2 button to go from po- cle is stopped, with your foot on the
sition D or N to R or P. brake and the accelerator pedal re-
leased.

2.38

ENG_UD24437_1
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_2 Boîte de vitesses automatique (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION (2/3)


Special cases Special circumstances
In certain driving conditions (e.g. re- – If the bends and road surface do
quiring engine protection, operation of not allow you to stay in automatic
the Electronic Stability Program: ESC) mode (e.g. in the mountains), we
the automatic system may change the recommend that you change to
gear automatically. Likewise, to prevent manual mode. This will prevent the
incorrect manoeuvres, a gear change automatic gearbox from changing
may be refused by the automatic gear repeatedly when climbing, and
system: in this case the gear display permit engine braking on long de-
flashes for a few seconds as a warning. scents.
– On a slippery surface or surface
with little grip, change to manual
mode M and select second gear
before accelerating to avoid wheel-
spin.
Driving in manual mode
With the selector lever in position D,
move the lever to the left into the M
position. Shifting the lever repeatedly
allows you to change gears manually:
– to move down through the gears, An impact to the under-
push the lever forwards; side of the vehicle while
– to move up through the gears, push manoeuvring (e.g.: strik-
the lever backwards. ing a post, raised kerb or
The gear selected is displayed on the other street furniture) may result in
instrument panel. damage to the vehicle (e.g.: defor-
mation of an axle).
To avoid any risk of accident, have
your vehicle checked by an ap- When facing uphill, to remain
proved Dealer. stopped, do not keep your foot on
the accelerator.
Risk of overheating the automatic
gearbox.

2.39

ENG_UD24437_1
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_2 Boîte de vitesses automatique (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION (3/3)


– In cold weather (temperatures Towing a vehicle with an
under -20°C), wait a few seconds automatic gearbox
before moving the selector lever
from position P and engaging it in D With the engine switched off, the trans-
or R, then avoid strong acceleration mission is no longer lubricated. It is
for the first few minutes to prevent preferable to tow this type of vehicle on 6
the engine stalling. a trailer or tow it with the front wheels
off the ground.

Parking the vehicle Under exceptional circumstances, you


may tow the vehicle with all four wheels 5
When the vehicle is stopped, move the on the ground, only going forward, with
lever to position P while keeping your the gear lever in the neutral N position,
foot on the brake pedal: the gearbox is and for a distance not exceeding
in neutral and the drive wheels are me- 30 miles (50 km).
chanically locked by the driveshaft.
Apply the handbrake.
Operating faults
If a vehicle with an automatic gear-
box breaks down, please refer to
the information on “Towing” in Section
5. When setting off, if the lever is
locked in position P even though you
are pressing the brake pedal, the lever
can be released manually. To do this,
release the base of the lever, then use
a tool (rigid rod) in the slot 5 and simul-
taneously press button 6 to unlock the
lever.
For safety reasons, do not Contact an authorised dealer as soon
In very cold weather, the system as possible.
switch off the ignition before
may prevent the gears from being
the vehicle has come to a
shifted in manual mode until the
complete standstill.
gearbox reaches the right tempera-
ture.

2.40

ENG_UD24437_1
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_2 Boîte de vitesses automatique (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

Section 3: Your comfort

Air vents, air outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2


Heating, Ventilation, Air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4
Air conditioning: information and advice on use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7
Electric windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8
Interior lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11
Sun visor, Grab handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12
Passenger compartment storage space and fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.13
Ashtrays, Cigarette lighter, Accessories socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.17
Rear headrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.19
Rear seats: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.21
second row . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.21
third row . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.24
grouping of seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.27
Boot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.30
Boot storage space and fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.31
Transporting objects in the boot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.32
Transporting objects: towing, attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.33
Luggage net. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.34
Luggage compartment cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.35
Roof bars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.36
Multimedia equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.37
3.1

ENG_UD38222_8
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_3 Sommaire 3 (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

AIR VENTS, air outlets (1/2)

1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8 7
1 Left-hand side air vent 5 right-hand side window demister
outlet
2 Left-hand side window demister
vent 6 Right-hand air vent

3 Windscreen demisting vents 7 Front passenger footwell heater


outlets
4 Centre air vents
8 Control panel

3.2

ENG_UD38143_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_3 Aérateurs, sorties air (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

AIR VENTS, air outlets (2/2)


To remove bad odours from your ve-
hicles, only use the systems designed
for this purpose. Consult an approved
9 9 9 Dealer.

10 10

Centre and side air vents Direction


To direct the air flow, swivel side air
Air flow vent 9.
To open air vent 9, press on the air vent
(point 10) until it is open as far as re-
quired.

Do not add anything to the


vehicle’s ventilation circuit
(for example, to remove
bad odours).
There is a risk of damage or of
fire.

3.3

ENG_UD38143_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_3 Aérateurs, sorties air (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

HEATING, VENTILATION, AIR CONDITIONING (1/3)


Adjusting the air temperature
1 2 3 4 Turn the control 4 to obtain the desired
temperature. The further the pointer is
in the red, the more the temperature will
be increased.

Adjusting the ventilation fan


speed.
Turn control 3 from 0 to 4. The further
to the right it is positioned, the more air
is blown into the passenger compart-
ment. If you want to shut off the flow of
5 air completely and stop the system, set
control 3 to 0.
Controls Information and advice on use: refer The system is deactivated: the ventila-
to information on “Air conditioning: in- tion speed for the passenger compart-
The controls will depend on the vehicle formation and advice on use”.
equipment level. ment air is zero (vehicle stationary),
you can however still feel a slight flow
1 Distribution of air. of air when the vehicle is moving.
2 Switching air conditioning on or off.
3 Adjusting the ventilation fan speed.
4 Adjusting the air temperature.
5 Switching passenger compartment
isolation mode/air recirculation mode
on
Leaving this control in position 0 for
prolonged periods can lead to con-
densation forming on the side win-
dows and windscreen and problems
due to the use of non-renewed air in
the passenger compartment.

3.4

ENG_UD38154_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_3 Chauffage, Ventilation, Air Conditionné (X92 - Dacia)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

HEATING, VENTILATION, AIR CONDITIONING (2/3)


1 3 Rapid demisting
Turn controls 1, 3 and 5 to positions
W :
– air from the outside;
– maximum fan speed;
– demisting.
Using the climate control increases the
speed of demisting.

Switching passenger Air recirculation is used to:


compartment isolation mode/ – to isolate the passenger compart-
air recirculation mode on. ment from the external atmosphere
(e.g. driving in polluted areas, etc.);
Bring lever 5 to position â.
– to bring the passenger compartment
Under these conditions, air is taken to the desired temperature as quickly
from the passenger compartment and as possible.
is recirculated, with no air being taken Prolonged use of air recirculation
from outside the vehicle. can lead to condensation form-
ing on the side windows and wind-
screen, and discomfort due to the
use of non-renewed air in the pas-
senger compartment.
You should return to normal mode
(external air) as soon as air recircu-
lation is no longer required, by turn-
ing the control 5 to the right.

3.5

ENG_UD38154_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_3 Chauffage, Ventilation, Air Conditionné (X92 - Dacia)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

HEATING, VENTILATION, AIR CONDITIONING (3/3)


1 2 3 Switching air conditioning on
or off
The air conditioning is switched on (in-
dicator light illuminated) or off (indicator
light extinguished) using button 2.
Activation is not possible if the control 3
is set to 0.

The air conditioning system is used


for:
– lower the temperature inside the
passenger compartment;
– eliminate condensation more quickly.
Fuel consumption increases when the
Distribution of air in the The air flow is mainly distrib-
passenger compartment
F uted between the front and
rear footwells and the dashboard vents.
air conditioning is being used (switch it
off when it is not required).
Turn control 1 to choose the distribution Close the dashboard vents to direct all The air conditioning does not operate
option. the air to the foot wells. when the exterior temperature is low.
All the air flow is directed to the
J dashboard vents. i The air flow is distributed be-
tween all the air vents, the
The air flow is directed towards front side window demisting air vents,
G the dashboard vents and the
footwells.
the windscreen demisting vents and the
footwells.
All the air is then directed to
W the windscreen and front side
window demisting vents.

3.6

ENG_UD38154_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_3 Chauffage, Ventilation, Air Conditionné (X92 - Dacia)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

AIR CONDITIONING: information and advice on use


Fuel consumption Operating faults
You will normally notice an increase in As a general rule, contact your ap-
fuel consumption (especially when driv- proved dealer in the event of an oper-
ing in town) when the air conditioning is ating fault.
operating. – Reduction in de-icing, demisting
For vehicles fitted with air conditioning or air conditioning performance.
with no automatic mode, switch off the This may be caused by the passen-
system when it is not required. ger compartment filter cartridge be-
Advice for reducing consumption coming clogged.
and helping to preserve the environ- – No cold air is being produced.
ment Check that the controls are set cor-
Drive with the air vents open and the rectly and that the fuses are sound.
windows closed. Otherwise, switch off the system.

If the vehicle has been parked in the


sun, open the doors for a few moments Presence of water under the
to let the hot air escape before starting vehicle
the engine. After prolonged use of the air condi-
tioning system, it is normal for water
Maintenance to be present under the vehicle. This is
caused by condensation.
Refer to the Maintenance Document
for your vehicle for the inspection fre-
quency.

Do not open the refriger-


ant fluid circuit. The fluid
may damage eyes or skin.

3.7

ENG_UD24441_1
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_3 Air conditionné : informations et conseils utilisation (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

ELECTRIC WINDOWS (1/3)

6
1
Safety of rear occupants
The driver can prevent op-
eration of the rear elec- 5 2
tric windows by pressing
switch 4. 4 3
Driver’s responsibility
Never leave your vehicle with the
key inside and never leave a child
(or a pet) unsupervised, even for a Electric windows From the driver’s seat, use switch:
short while. They may pose a risk Press the window switch down or lift it 1 for the driver’s side;
to themselves or to others by start- up to lower or raise the window to the 2 for the front passenger side;
ing the engine, activating equipment desired height. 3 and 5 for the rear passengers.
such as the electric windows or by From the front passenger seat, move
locking the doors. If a body part the switch 6.
gets trapped, reverse the direction
of travel of the window as soon as
possible by pressing the relevant
switch.
Risk of serious injury.

Avoid resting any objects against


a half-open window: there is a risk
that the electric window could be
damaged.

3.8

ENG_UD36370_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_3 Vitres (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

ELECTRIC WINDOWS (2/3)

9
7
8
A

From the passenger seat, use switch 7. Manual window winders Rear side screen
Turn the handle 8 to lower or raise the To half-open the window, turn handle 9
window to the required position. (movement A) then lock it by pushing
the handle to the right.
Make sure it is properly latched into po-
sition when it is closed.

3.9

ENG_UD36370_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_3 Vitres (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

ELECTRIC WINDOWS (3/3)


One-touch windows Operating faults
When the vehicle is equipped with this In case of a fault when closing a window,
function, the one-touch mode works in the system reverts to normal mode: pull
addition to the operation of the electric the switch concerned up to fully close
windows described previously. the window, then hold the switch (still
It is only fitted to the driver’s window. on the closure side) for three seconds
then lower and raise the window fully to
– Fully and briefly press down on the reinitialise the system.
relevant switch down: the window
will open completely. If necessary, contact an approved
Dealer.
– Fully and briefly lift the relevant
switch: the window will close com-
pletely.
Pressing the switch again while the
window is moving will stop its move-
ment.

Special features
If the window detects resistance when
closing (e.g.: fingers, branch of a tree,
etc.) it stops and then lowers again by a
few centimetres.
If you use the switch while the window
is moving, it stops working.

Avoid resting any objects against


a half-open window: there is a risk
Closing windows can cause that the electric window could be
serious injury. damaged.

3.10

ENG_UD36370_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_3 Vitres (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

INTERIOR LIGHTING

1 3

Courtesy lights Map reading light Boot light 4


Press switch 1 of 3 for: Depending on the vehicle, press the The light 4 comes on when the boot is
– continuous lighting; switch 2. opened.

– lighting operated by opening just the


driver’s door, or by opening one of
the four doors, depending on the ve-
hicle. The light only goes out when
the doors are correctly closed;
– no lighting.

Unlocking and opening the doors or


luggage compartment switches on
the timed courtesy lights.

3.11

ENG_UD38061_4
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_3 Eclairage intérieur (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

SUN VISOR/GRAB HANDLE

2
1
4

3 5

Front sun visor Sun visor storage 4 Grab handle 5


Lower the sun visor 1 or 2 over the It can be used to hold motorway This offers support and can be held
windscreen or unclip it and turn it over passes, etc. when the vehicle is being driven.
the side window. Do not use it for getting into or out of
Vanity mirror the vehicle.

If the sun visor is fitted with a courtesy


mirror 3, it has a cover.

When driving, ensure the


courtesy mirror cover is
closed. Risk of injury.

3.12

ENG_UD24444_1
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_3 Pare-soleil - Poignée de maintien (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT STORAGE, FITTINGS (1/4)

Glove box Storage compartment 2


If fitted on the vehicle, pull paddle 1 to
open.

Ensure that no hard, heavy


or pointed objects are
placed in the “open” storage
compartments in such a
way that they may fall onto passen-
gers during sudden turning, braking
or in the event of an accident.

3.13

ENG_UD38168_4
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_3 Rangements / Aménagements (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT STORAGE, FITTINGS (2/4)

4
5

Dashboard storage 3 Storage compartment A Door storage compartment 5


If the storage compartment has a cover, Pass a hand in location 4 and pull to
lift to open. open the storage compartment A.
You should avoid keeping liquids in this
compartment (if a liquid leaks there is a
risk of seepage).

Ensure that no hard, heavy


Nothing should be placed or pointed objects are
on the floor area in front of placed in the “open” storage
the driver as such objects compartments in such a
may slide under the pedal way that they may fall onto passen-
during braking manoeuvres, thus gers during sudden turning, braking
obstructing its use. or in the event of an accident.

3.14

ENG_UD38168_4
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_3 Rangements / Aménagements (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT STORAGE, FITTINGS (3/4)

7
6

Front seat storage pockets 6 Mobile phone storage


compartment 7
(depending on the vehicle)

3.15

ENG_UD38168_4
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_3 Rangements / Aménagements (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT STORAGE, FITTINGS (4/4)


6

11 12
8

10
9

Storage compartment 8 Cup holder 9, 10 and 11 Storage compartment 12

3.16

ENG_UD38168_4
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_3 Rangements / Aménagements (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

ASHTRAY, CIGARETTE LIGHTER, ACCESSORIES SOCKET (1/2)

4
2

3
Ashtray 1 Cigarette lighter or
This may be in location 2, 4 or 5. accessories socket 3
Lift the cover to open. With the ignition on, push in the ciga-
rette lighter 3. It will spring back with a
To empty, pull the ashtray towards you click when it is ready. Pull it out to use.
and it will be released from its housing.
After use, replace it without pushing it
all the way in.

Connect accessories
If your vehicle is not fitted with a with a maximum power of
cigar lighter and an ashtray, these 120 Watts only.
can be obtained from an approved Fire hazard.
Dealer.

3.17

ENG_UD38163_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_3 Cendriers, Allume-cigares, Prise d’accessoires (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

ASHTRAY, CIGARETTE LIGHTER, ACCESSORIES SOCKET (2/2)

Accessories socket 6 and 7


It is provided for connecting acces-
sories approved by our Technical
Department with a maximum power of
120 Watts (12V).

Connect accessories
with a maximum power of
120 Watts only.
Fire hazard.

3.18

ENG_UD38163_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_3 Cendriers, Allume-cigares, Prise d’accessoires (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

REAR HEADRESTS (1/2)

A A A A A

B B B

1 1

Position for using headrest A To put the headrest back in


Lift the headrest to maximum height, place A
then lower it until it locks. Insert the rods into the holes, press the
tab(s) 1 and lower the headrest.
To raise the headrest A
Raise the headrest as far as it will go, Headrest A storage
then press tab(s) 1 and remove the position B
headrest. Press tab 1 and lower the headrest fully.
First the third row, first lower the seat- When the headrest is set at the The headrest is a safety
back (see “Rear seat functions: third lowest position, Bthis is for storage component. Ensure that it is
row” in Section 3). only: it should not be in this position fitted and in the correct po-
when a seat is occupied. sition: the top of your head
should be in line with the top of the
headrest.

3.19

ENG_UD37235_4
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_3 Appuis-tête arrière (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

REAR HEADRESTS (2/2)


To put the headrest back in
place C
Insert the rods into the holes, press lock
tab 2 and lower the headrest.
C
2

To adjust the height of the


headrest C
(depending on vehicle)
Press lock tab 2 and simultaneously
slide the headrest to the required po-
sition.

To raise the headrest C


Press lock tab 2 and remove the head-
rest. The headrest is a safety
component. Ensure that it is
fitted and in the correct po-
sition: the top of your head
should be in line with the top of the
headrest.

3.20

ENG_UD37235_4
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_3 Appuis-tête arrière (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

REAR SEAT FUNCTIONS: second row (1/3)


To reposition the seatback
– Raise the seatbacks;
– make sure you lock the seat back in
2 place.

Fixed rear bench seat


To fold down the seatback
– Bring the front seats forward;
When moving the rear
– insert the rear seatbelt buckle in seats, check that the an-
housing 1; choring points are clean
– Lower door handle 2; (they must be free from grit,
cloths, toys, etc.)
– lower the seatback onto the seat
base;
– adjust the front seats.

Check that the rear seat


belts are positioned and For safety reasons, carry
operating correctly each out any adjustments when
time the rear bench seat is the vehicle is not being
moved. driven.

3.21

ENG_UD38149_4
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_3 Sièges arrière de deuxième rangée: fonctionnalité (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

REAR SEAT FUNCTIONS: second row (2/3)

1
B
B
A
A

Rear bench seat with folding To reposition the seat A or bench


seat back and seat cushion seat B
When moving the rear – Lower the bench seat until it locks in
To fold down the seat A or bench position;
seat B seats, check that the an-
– Bring the front seats forward; choring points are clean – Fold the seatbacks up again;
– insert the rear seatbelt buckle in (they must be free from grit,
– make sure that the seat bases and
housing 1; cloths, toys, etc.)
seatbacks lock into position cor-
– lower the headrests (refer to the in- rectly.
formation on the “Rear headrests” in
Section 3);
– lower handle 2;
– lower the seatback onto the seat
base; Check that the rear seat
– raise the seat until vertical; belts are positioned and For safety reasons, carry
– adjust the front seats, making sure operating correctly each out any adjustments when
they are properly locked in place. time the rear bench seat is the vehicle is not being
moved. driven.

3.22

ENG_UD38149_4
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_3 Sièges arrière de deuxième rangée: fonctionnalité (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

REAR SEAT FUNCTIONS: second row (3/3)

Accessing the third row rear


seats
– Lower handle 2;
– lower the seatback onto the seat Restriction of use
base; If a passenger is occupying one of
– raise the seat until vertical. the second row seats, do not drive
When refitting the seat-
To put the seat back into its initial po- with the other second row seat
back, make sure it is cor-
sition, perform the same procedure in folded down.
rectly locked in place.
reverse. If seat covers are fitted,
make sure these do not prevent the
seatback latch from locking in.
Make sure that the seat- To avoid all risk of injury, Make sure that the seat belts are
back is correctly locked. If ensure that nobody is close positioned correctly.
necessary, remove any ob- to the moving parts. Reposition the headrests.
stacles behind the seats.
Repeat the above until the seat is
locked correctly.

3.23

ENG_UD38149_4
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_3 Sièges arrière de deuxième rangée: fonctionnalité (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

REAR SEAT FUNCTIONS: third row (1/3)

4
1
3

3
2

The third row rear seats can be folded To fold down the seats
down or removed for transporting bulky
objects. – Ensure that the rear seat belts are
correctly positioned on the hooks 1;
– lower the headrests (refer to the in-
formation on the “Rear headrests” in
Section 3);
Ensure that the strap 3 is securely
– unlock controls 2, press on the fixed in its metal ring 4. Risk of
middle of the seat backs and lower damage.
the seatbacks onto the base;
– pull the strap 3 to release the bench
seat and lift the seat base until it is
vertical. Check that the rear seat
For safety reasons, carry belts are positioned and
out any adjustments when operating correctly each
the vehicle is not being time the rear bench seat is
driven. moved.

3.24

ENG_UD38165_6
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_3 Sièges arrière de troisième rangée: fonctionnalité (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

REAR SEAT FUNCTIONS: third row (2/3)

1 5 1

To reposition the seats


– Ensure that the rear seat belts are
correctly positioned on the hooks 1;
Check that the rear seat
– Lower the seat base until it locks in belts are positioned and Restriction of use
position; operating correctly each If a passenger is one one of the third
– unlock the controls 2 while pressing time the rear bench seat is row seats, do not drive with one of
on the top of the seat back and raise moved. the seat backs or a second row seat
the seat backs using the straps 5; folded down.
– Make sure that the seat base and
seatbacks lock into position cor-
rectly. When moving the rear
seats, check that the an- No person or animal should
choring points are clean be on the third row rear
(they must be free from grit, seats if the luggage com-
cloths, toys, etc.) partment cover is not re-
moved.

3.25

ENG_UD38165_6
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_3 Sièges arrière de troisième rangée: fonctionnalité (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

REAR SEAT FUNCTIONS: third row (3/3)

1 1

5
4

3
2 6
3
7
To remove the seats To install seats
– Ensure that the rear seat belts are – Ensure that the rear seat belts are
correctly positioned on the hooks 1; correctly positioned on the hooks 1;
– lower the headrests (refer to the in- – reposition the seats with the roof
formation on the “Rear headrests” in hooks 7;
Section 3); Ensure that the strap 3 is securely
– unlock controls 2, press on the – Lower the seat base until it locks in
fixed in its metal ring 4. Risk of
middle of the seat backs and lower position;
damage.
the seatbacks onto the base; – unlock controls 2 and raise the seat
– pull strap 3 to release and lift the backs using strap 5;
seat base until it is vertical;
– unlock controls 6; – Make sure that the seat base and
seatbacks lock into position cor- When moving the rear
– lift the seats to either remove them seats, check that the an-
or to group them together with the rectly.
choring points are clean
second row. (they must be free from grit,
cloths, toys, etc.)

3.26

ENG_UD38165_6
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_3 Sièges arrière de troisième rangée: fonctionnalité (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

REAR SEAT FUNCTIONS: Grouping of seats (1/3)

The two rows of the rear seats can be


grouped together to free up a maximum
load surface area at the rear of the ve-
hicle.
For more information, see the following
pages.

For safety reasons, carry


out any adjustments when
the vehicle is stationary.
The third row bench seat
is quite heavy. For your own safety,
please handle it carefully

3.27

ENG_UD26647_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_3 Mise en cinéma des sièges arrière (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

REAR SEAT FUNCTIONS: grouping of seats (2/3)


To group together the two 3 4
rows of rear seats
Fold down the second row rear seats. 2
Refer to the information on the “Second
row rear seats” in Section 3. 1
Remove the third row rear seats Refer
to the information on the “Third row rear
seats” in Section 3.
5

Return the third row rear seats (seat Take the adjustable attachment straps 3
forwards and headrest upwards). out of the storage pockets 5 and pass
Position them against the second row them around the front headrest rods 4.
rear seats, with the hook 1 on the bar 2. Pull on the attachment straps 3 to
Fold down the third row rear seats ensure everything is attached.
against the second row rear seats.

For safety reasons, carry


out any adjustments when
the vehicle is stationary.
The third row bench seat
is quite heavy. For your own safety,
please handle carefully.

3.28

ENG_UD26647_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_3 Mise en cinéma des sièges arrière (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

REAR SEAT FUNCTIONS: grouping of seats (3/3)


3

To reposition the seats Replace the third row rear seats in po-
sition. Refer to the information on the
Loosen and remove the attachment “Third row rear seats” in Section 3.
straps 3 from the front headrest and
store them in the storage pockets 5. Reposition the second row rear seats.
Refer to the information on the “Second
Lift and release the third row rear seats. row rear seats” in Section 3.
Return the third row rear seats (seat
downwards, headrest upwards) and
bring them back towards the rear.

For safety reasons, carry


out any adjustments when
the vehicle is stationary.
The third row bench seat
is quite heavy. For your own safety,
please handle carefully.

3.29

ENG_UD26647_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_3 Mise en cinéma des sièges arrière (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT

1
2

To open To close
Electric central locking Pull down the tailgate using handle 2
inside the tailgate to assist you.
With the opening elements unlocked,
press button 1 and lift the tailgate. When the tailgate reaches shoulder
height, gently push it shut.
Manual locking
Insert the key in the boot lock, turn and
press button 1.

For your safety, check that


all the vehicle’s doors are
properly closed before
starting the engine.

3.30

ENG_UD24450_1
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_3 Coffre à bagages (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT STORAGE SPACE AND FITTINGS

1 1

1 1

Anchorage points Storage net 2


Anchorage points 1 located on each Always position the heavi-
corner of the luggage compartment est items directly on the
allow loads to be secured. floor. If the vehicle is
equipped with anchorage
points on the luggage compart-
ment floor, use them. The luggage
should be loaded in such a way that
no items will be thrown forward and
strike the occupants if the driver has
to brake suddenly. Fasten the rear
seat belts, even if the seats are not
occupied.
Always place objects being trans-
ported so that the heaviest items
are resting against the back of the
rear bench seat.

3.31

ENG_UD25339_1
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_3 Rangements, aménagements coffre à bagages (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

TRANSPORTING OBJECTS IN THE LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT

Always position the objects trans-


ported so that the largest surface is
against:

A
– the rear bench seatbacks, for
normal loads (eg: A);

– the front seats when the second


and/or third row rear seats are B
folded down. Refer to the informa-
tion on the “Second row rear seats”
in this section (eg: B and C). Always position the heavi-
est items directly on the
floor. Use the lashing points
on the luggage compart-
ment floor, if these are fitted to the
vehicle. The luggage should be
loaded in such a way that no items
Always position the heaviest items di- C will be thrown forward and strike the
rectly on the floor. occupants if the driver has to brake
suddenly. Fasten the rear seat belts,
even if the seats are not occupied.

3.32

ENG_UD25338_1
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_3 Transport d\’objet dans le coffre/Remorquage (attelage) (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

TRANSPORTING OBJECTS towing, attachments

A = 940.6 mm

Permissible nose weight, maxi-


mum permissible towing weight
braked and unbraked:
Refer to the information on “Weights”
in Section 6.
Refer to the manufacturer’s instruc-
If the towbar ball obscures the reg- tions for information on how to fit and
istration plate or the rear lights, it operate the towing attachments.
should be removed when not in use. Please keep these instructions with
In all cases, comply with local leg- the rest of the vehicle documenta-
islation. tion.

3.33

ENG_UD29926_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_3 Remorquage: attelage (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

TRANSPORTING OBJECTS Luggage net

2 1

2
1 4 7

5
6 9 8
3
3 10
If fitted, this can be used when trans- Fitting the luggage net Fitting the luggage net
porting animals or luggage to isolate behind the second row rear behind the front seats
them from the passenger section.
seats Inside the vehicle on each side:
It is fitted behind the second row bench
Inside the vehicle on each side: – lower cover 1 to gain access to the
seat or behind the driver and passen-
ger seats. – lower cover 2 to gain access to the anchoring points for the top part of
anchoring points for the top part of the luggage net;
the luggage net; – insert the top rod of net 7 into the an-
– insert the top rod of net 4 into the an- choring points;
choring points; – attach the two hooks 9 of the straps 8
– attach the two hooks 6 of the straps 5 from the net onto the anchoring
from the net onto the anchoring points 10;
The luggage net must not points 3; – adjust the net strap 8 so that it is taut.
be used to restrain or hold – adjust the net strap 5 so that it is taut.
objects.
Risk of injury.

3.34

ENG_UD24451_1
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_3 Transport d’objets : filet de séparation (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT COVER

No person or animal should


be on the third row rear
seats if the luggage com-
partment cover is not re-
moved.
B
A

How to remove the luggage Removing the luggage


compartment cover A compartment cover
Using handle 1, pull it gently to release Push the luggage cover to the right
the pins from their mounting points lo- (movement B) and lift the left-hand side
cated on each side of the luggage com- of the inertia reel.
partment.
Guide the luggage cover using han- Refitting the luggage
dles 1. compartment cover
Insert the right-hand side, then push it Do not place any objects,
to the right and lower the left-hand side especially heavy or solid
of the inertia reel into its housing. objects on the luggage
compartment cover. These
may pose a risk to the vehicle occu-
pants if the driver has to brake sud-
denly or if the vehicle is involved in
an accident.

3.35

ENG_UD24452_1
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_3 Cache-bagages (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

LONGITUDINAL ROOF BARS

If fitted on the vehicle, you can trans-


port luggage or additional equipment
(bike racks, ski racks, etc):
– on a roof rack; For information on the range of
– on roof rack crossbars attached to equipment adapted to your vehi-
the longitudinal roof bars 1. cle, we advise you to consult an ap-
proved Dealer.
It is forbidden to fit longitudinal roof
bars on vehicles which are not origi- Refer to the manufacturer’s instruc-
nally equipped with them. tions for information on how to fit
and use the roof rack bars.
Please keep these instructions with
the rest of the vehicle documenta-
tion.
Maximum permissible load on
roof rack: refer to the information
on “Weights” in Section 6.

3.36

ENG_UD24453_1
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_3 Barres de toit (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT

1
3

The presence and location of this Hands-free telephone


equipment depends on the vehicle’s integrated control
multimedia equipment.
On equipped vehicles, use micro-
1 Radio or navigation system; phone 3 and steering column control 2.
2 Steering column control;
3 Microphone.

Using the telephone


We remind you of the need
to conform to the legislation
Refer to the equipment instructions in force concerning the use
for information on how to operate of such equipment.
this equipment.

3.37

ENG_UD33474_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_3 Equipement multimédia (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

3.38

ENG_UD37596_7
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_3 Filler NU (X06 - C06 - S06 - X35 - L35 - X44 - C44 - G44 - X45 - H45 - X65 - L65 - S65 - X73 - B73 - X74 - B74 - K74 - X77 - J77 - F77 - R77 - X81 - J81 - X84 - B84 - C84

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

Section 4: Maintenance

Bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2
Engine oil level: general information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4
Engine oil level: topping up, filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5
Levels: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.7
Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.7
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.8
Windscreen washer reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.8
Power-assisted steering fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.9
Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.9
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.10
Tyre pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.12
Bodywork maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.14
Interior trim maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.16
4.1

ENG_UD38223_8
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_4 Sommaire 4 (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

BONNET (1/2)

A
The engine may be hot
during operations in close
proximity. In addition, the
1 engine cooling fan may
2 come on at any moment.
To open the bonnet, pull the handle 1. Opening the bonnet Risk of injury.
Lift the bonnet; you will need to guide it
as it is held by a strut.
Unlocking the bonnet catch
To unlock, gently lift the bonnet and
push tab 2 in the direction of arrow A to Closing the bonnet
release the bonnet. Deactivate the Stop and
Check that nothing has been left in the Start function for any opera-
engine compartment. tion performed in the engine
To close the bonnet again, hold the compartment.
bonnet in the middle and lower it to
30 cm above the closed position, then
release it. It will latch automatically
under its own weight.

Do not press down on the


bonnet: there is a risk that
the bonnet may accidentally
close.

4.2

ENG_UD38035_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_4 Capot moteur (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

BONNET (2/2)

Ensure that the bonnet is


properly locked.
Ensure that nothing is pre-
venting locking (grit, cloths,
etc.).

Make sure nothing is left


in the engine compartment In the event of even a slight
(cloth, tools, etc.). impact involving the radia-
These may damage the tor grille or bonnet, have
engine or cause a fire. the bonnet lock checked by
an approved Dealer as soon as pos-
sible.

4.3

ENG_UD38035_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_4 Capot moteur (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

ENGINE OIL LEVEL: general information


An engine uses oil to lubricate and cool – remove the dipstick and wipe with a
moving parts and it is normal to top up B clean, lint-free cloth;
the oil between oil changes.
A – push the dipstick in as far as it will
However, contact your approved go (for vehicles equipped with a cap-
Dealer if more than 0.5 litres is being type dipstick C, screw the cap in as
consumed every 600 miles (1,000 km) C far as it will go);
after the running in period. – take out the dipstick again;
Oil change frequency: check the oil – read the level: it should never fall
level from time to time and certainly B
below minimum mark A or exceed
before any long journey to avoid the maximum mark B.
risk of damaging your engine. A
Once the operation has been com-
pleted, ensure that the dipstick is
pushed in as far as it will go or that
the “cap-type dipstick” is completely
screwed in.
Reading the oil level
The oil level should be read with the ve-
hicle on level ground, after the engine
has been switched off for some time.
The dipstick must be used to read
Consult your approved dealer at the exact oil level and make sure
once if you notice an abnormal or that the maximum level has not been Exceeding the maximum
repeated drop in any of the fluid exceeded (risk of engine damage). engine oil level
levels. Refer to the following pages.
Under no circumstances
must the maximum fill
level B be exceeded: risk of damage
to the engine and catalytic con-
verter.
Deactivate the Stop and If the oil level exceeds the maximum
Start function for any opera- level, do not start your vehicle and
In order to prevent splashback, it is
tion performed in the engine contact an approved Dealer.
recommended that a funnel be used
compartment.
when topping up/filling with oil.

4.4

ENG_UD38029_4
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_4 Niveau huile moteur : généralités (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

ENGINE OIL LEVEL: topping up/filling (1/2)

1 1
1 2
1

2
2

Topping up/Filling – Unscrew cap 1;


– top up the level (as a guide, the ca-
The vehicle must be parked on level pacity between the minimum and
ground and the engine should be cold maximum reading on the dipstick 2
(for instance, before the engine is is between 1.5 and 2 litres, depend-
started up for the first time in the day). ing on the engine);
– wait for approximately 20 minutes to
allow the oil to flow into the engine;
– check the level using the dipstick 2
(as described above).
Once the operation has been com-
pleted, ensure that the dipstick is
pushed in as far as it will go or that
the “cap-type dipstick” is completely 1
screwed in.
In order to prevent splashback, it is
recommended that a funnel be used Do not exceed the max level and
when topping up/filling with oil. do not forget to refit cap 1 and dip- 2
stick 2.

4.5

ENG_UD38028_4
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_4 Niveau huile moteur : appoint / remplissage (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

ENGINE OIL LEVEL: topping up/filling (2/2)


Oil change
Service interval: refer to the
Maintenance Document for your vehi-
cle.

Oil change capacity Never run the engine in an


enclosed space as exhaust
Please refer to the maintenance docu- gases are poisonous.
ment for your vehicle, or contact an au-
thorised dealer.
Always check the engine oil level using
the dipstick, as explained previously (it
should never fall below the minimum Deactivate the Stop and
level, or be over the maximum level on The engine may be hot Start function for any opera-
the dipstick). during operations in close tion performed in the engine
proximity. In addition, the compartment.
engine cooling fan may
Engine oil grade come on at any moment.
Refer to the Maintenance Document for
Risk of injury.
your vehicle.

Exceeding the maximum


Engine oil change: if you engine oil level
Filling: take care when are changing the oil when
topping up the oil that the engine is hot, be careful Under no circumstances
no oil drips onto engine not to scald yourself if the must the maximum fill level
components - risk of fire. oil overflows. be exceeded: risk of damage to the
Remember to refit the cap securely engine and catalytic converter.
as there is a risk of fire if oil splashes If the oil level exceeds the maximum
onto hot engine components. level, do not start your vehicle and
contact an approved Dealer.
Consult an approved dealer at once
if you notice an abnormal or re-
peated drop in any of the fluid levels.

4.6

ENG_UD38028_4
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_4 Niveau huile moteur : appoint / remplissage (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

LEVELS (1/3)
Level Topping up
It is normal for the level to drop as the After any operation on the hydraulic cir-
brake shoes become worn, but it must cuit, a specialist must replace the fluid.
1 Only use fluids approved by the
never drop lower than the “MINI” warn-
ing line shown on brake fluid reser- Technical Department and which have
voir 1. been taken from a sealed container.

If you wish to check the disc and drum Replacement intervals


wear yourself, you should obtain the Refer to the Maintenance Document for
document explaining the checking pro- your vehicle.
cedure from the approved dealer net-
work or from the manufacturer’s web
site.

Brake fluid level


This should be checked frequently,
and immediately if you notice even the
slightest loss in braking efficiency.
The level should be read with the engine
switched off and on level ground.

The engine may be hot


during operations in close Deactivate the Stop and
proximity. In addition, the Start function for any opera-
Consult your approved dealer at
engine cooling fan may tion performed in the engine
once if you notice an abnormal or
come on at any moment. compartment.
repeated drop in any of the fluid
Risk of injury. levels.

4.7

ENG_UD38031_4
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_4 Niveaux / Filtres (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

LEVELS (2/3)
Checking intervals
Check the coolant level regularly
2 (very severe damage is likely to be 3
caused to the engine if it runs out of
coolant).
If the level needs to be topped up, only
use products approved by our Technical
Department which ensure:
– protection against freezing;
– anti-corrosion protection of the cool-
ing system.

Replacement intervals
Refer to the Maintenance Service
Coolant Booklet for your vehicle. Windscreen washer reservoir
With the engine switched off and on Filling: Remove cap 3, fill until you can
level ground, the level when cold must see the fluid, then refit the cap.
be between the MINI and MAXI marks This reservoir supplies the front and
on reservoir 2. Consult an approved dealer at once
if you notice an abnormal or re- rear headlight screen washers (if the
Top this level up when cold before it peated drop in any of the fluid levels. vehicle is equipped with them).
reaches the MINI mark. Liquid: Special windscreen washer
fluid (antifreeze product for winter).
Jets: Depending on the vehicle, use
a tool such as a needle to adjust the
No operations should be The engine may be hot height of the windscreen washer jets.
carried out on the cooling during operations in close
circuit when the engine is proximity. In addition, the
hot. engine cooling fan may
Risk of burns. come on at any moment.
Risk of burns.

4.8

ENG_UD38031_4
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_4 Niveaux / Filtres (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

LEVELS (3/3)/FILTER
Filters
The replacement of filter elements (air
filter, cabin filter, diesel fuel filter, etc.)
is scheduled in the maintenance opera-
4 tions for your vehicle.
Replacement intervals for filter ele-
ments: please refer to your vehicle’s
maintenance document.

Power-assisted steering fluid


reservoir
Level: for a correct level when cold, Deactivate the Stop and
with the engine switched off and on Start function for any opera-
level ground, it must be visible between tion performed in the engine
the “MINI” and “MAXI” marks on reser- compartment.
voir 4.
For maintenance operations on the
power-assisted steering, contact an ap-
proved dealer.

The engine may be hot


when carrying out opera-
tions in close proximity. In
If you feel any variation in the ef- addition, the engine cooling
fan can come on at any moment. Consult an approved dealer at once
fectiveness of the power-assisted
if you notice an abnormal or re-
steering, consult an authorised Risk of injury. peated drop in any of the fluid levels.
dealer.

4.9

ENG_UD38031_4
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_4 Niveaux / Filtres (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

BATTERY (1/2)
The charge status of your battery can
decrease especially if you use your ve-
hicle:
– for short journeys;
– for driving in town;
– when the temperature drops;
1 – after extended use of consumers
(radio etc.) with the engine switched
off.

Replacing the battery


As this operation is complex, we advise
you to contact an approved Dealer.
The battery 1 does not require any
maintenance.

Handle the battery with


care as it contains sulphu-
ric acid, which must not
come into contact with eyes
or skin. If it does, wash the affected As the battery is specific
area with plenty of water and see a to the vehicle (presence of
doctor if necessary. a ventilation pipe to expel
Ensure that naked flames, red hot corrosive and explosive
objects and sparks do not come into gases), make sure that it is replaced Deactivate the Stop and
contact with the battery as there is a with a battery that enables this pipe Start function for any opera-
risk of explosion. to be connected. Consult an ap- tion performed in the engine
proved Dealer. compartment.

4.10

ENG_UD38032_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_4 Batterie (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

BATTERY (2/2)
A
2 3 4

7 6 5

Label A
Observe the indications on the battery:
– 2 Naked flames and smoking are for-
bidden;
– 3 Eye protection required;
– 4 Keep away from children;
– 5 Explosive materials;
– 6 Refer to the handbook;
– 7 Corrosive materials.
The engine may be hot
during operations in close
proximity. In addition, the
engine cooling fan may
start at any moment.
Risk of injury.

4.11

ENG_UD38032_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_4 Batterie (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

TYRE PRESSURE (1/2)


F: tyre pressures for the rear wheels
(motorway) (maximum of 2 people on
board).
A G: tyre pressures for the front wheels
B (non-motorway) (more than 2 people
on board).
C D H: tyre pressures for the rear wheels
E F (non-motorway) (more than 2 people
G H on board).
I J I: tyre pressures for the front wheels
(motorway) (more than 2 people on
K L board).
M
J: tyre pressures for the rear wheels
(motorway) (more than 2 people on
board).
Label A B: dimension of the tyres fitted to the
vehicle. K: recommended tyre pressures for the
Open the driver’s door to read it.
C: tyre pressures for the front wheels front wheels for optimising fuel con-
Tyre pressures should be checked (non-motorway) (maximum of 2 people sumption.
when the tyres are cold. on board). L: recommended tyre pressure on the
If the tyre pressures cannot be checked D: tyre pressures for the rear wheels rear wheels for optimising fuel con-
when the tyres are cold, increase the (non-motorway) (maximum of 2 people sumption.
pressures from 0.2 to 0.3 bar (or 3 PSI). on board). M: tyre pressure for the emergency
Never deflate a hot tyre.
E: tyre pressures for the front wheels spare wheel.
(motorway) (maximum of 2 people on
board).

4.12

ENG_UD38036_5
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_4 Pressions de gonflage des pneumatiques à froid (X67 - X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

TYRE PRESSURE (2/2)


Special note concerning fully laden Vehicle fitted with a tyre pressure
vehicles (Maximum Permissible All-Up loss warning system
Weight) and towing a trailer: the maxi- If under-inflated (puncture, low pres-
mum speed must be limited to 60 mph
(100 kph) and the tyre pressure in-
creased by 0.2 bar.
sure, etc.), the warning light on
the instrument panel comes on. See

Please refer to the information on “Tyre pressure loss warning” in
“Weights” in Section 6. Section 2.
Tyre safety and use of snow chains:
Refer to the information on “Tyres” in For your safety, please re-
Section 5 for the servicing conditions spect the speed limit.
and, depending on the version, the use When they need to be re-
of chains. placed, only tyres of the
same make, size, type and profile
should be used on a single axle.
They must: either have a load ca-
pacity and speed rating at least
equal to those of the original
tyres, or conform to those recom-
mended by an authorised dealer.
Failure to heed these instructions
could endanger your safety and
affect your vehicle’s roadworthi-
ness.
Risk of loss of control of the ve-
hicle.

4.13

ENG_UD38036_5
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_4 Pressions de gonflage des pneumatiques à froid (X67 - X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

BODYWORK MAINTENANCE (1/2)


A well-maintained vehicle will last What you should not do You should
longer. It is therefore recommended to Do not degrease or clean mechani-
maintain the exterior of the vehicle reg- Wash your car frequently, with the
cal components (e.g. the engine com- engine off, with cleaning products rec-
ularly. partment), underneath the body, parts ommended by the manufacturer (never
Your vehicle has been treated with very with hinges (e.g. inside the doors) and use abrasive products). Rinse thor-
effective anti-corrosion products. It is painted plastic external fittings (e.g. oughly beforehand with a jet:
nevertheless subject to various outside bumpers) using high-pressure clean- – spots of tree resin and industrial
influences. ing equipment or by spraying on prod- grime;
ucts not approved by our Technical – mud in the wheel arches and under-
Corrosive agents in the atmosphere Department. Doing this could give rise neath the body which forms damp
– atmospheric pollution (built-up and to corrosion or operational faults. patches;
industrial areas), Wash the vehicle in bright sunlight or – bird droppings, which cause a
– saline atmospheres (near the sea, freezing temperatures. chemical reaction with the paint that
particularly in hot weather), rapidly discolours paintwork and
– seasonal and damp weather condi- Do not scrape off mud or dirt without
pre-wetting. may even cause the paint to peel
tions (e.g. road salt in winter, water off;
from road cleaners, etc.). Allow dirt to accumulate on the exterior. wash the vehicle immediately to
Allow rust to form following minor im- remove these marks since it is im-
Minor impacts possible to remove them by polish-
pacts.
Abrasive action ing;
Do not use solvents not approved by – salt, particularly in the wheel arches
Dust and sand in the air, mud, road grit our Technical Department to remove
thrown up by other vehicles, etc. and underneath the body after driv-
stains as this could damage the paint- ing in areas where the roads have
You should take a number of minor pre- work. been gritted.
cautions in order to safeguard your ve- Do not drive in snow or muddy condi-
hicle against such risks. Remove any plant matter (resin, leaves,
tions without washing the vehicle, par- etc.) from the vehicle regularly.
ticularly under the wheel arches and
body.

4.14

ENG_UD26811_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_4 Entretien de la carrosserie (peinture mate) (X44 - X77 - J77 - X85 - B90 - X61 - TEST - X77 ph2 - X95 - B95 - D95 - K95 - J95 - R95 - L90 Ph2 - F90 Ph2 - R90 Ph2 - X62

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

BODYWORK MAINTENANCE (2/2)


Respect local regulations about wash- Vehicles with a matte paint Using a roller type car wash
ing vehicles (e.g. do not wash your ve- finish
hicle on a public highway). Return the windscreen wiper stalk to
This type of paint requires certain pre- the Park position (refer to the informa-
Observe the vehicle stopping distances cautions. tion on the “Windscreen washer, wiper”
when driving on gravelled surfaces to in Section 1). Check the mounting of
prevent paint damage. Do not do the following external accessories, additional lights
Repair, or have repaired quickly, areas and mirrors, and ensure that the wiper
– use wax-based products (polishing);
where the paint has been damaged, to blades are secured with adhesive tape.
– rub hard;
prevent corrosion spreading. Remove the radio aerial mast if your
– wash the vehicle in a roller-type car
vehicle is fitted with this equipment.
Remember to visit the body shop pe- wash;
Remember to remove the tape and refit
riodically in order to maintain your – wash the vehicle using a high-pres-
the antenna after washing.
anti-corrosion warranty. Refer to the sure device;
Maintenance Document. – attach stickers to the paintwork (risk
If it is necessary to clean mechani-
of leaving marks). Cleaning the headlights
cal components, hinges, etc., spray You should do the following As the headlights are made of plastic
them with products approved by our “glass”, use a soft cloth or cotton wool
Technical Department to protect them Wash the vehicle by hand using plenty to clean them. If this does not clean
after they have been cleaned. of water, using a soft cloth or a gentle them properly, moisten the cloth with
sponge. soapy water, then wipe clean with a soft
damp cloth or cotton wool.
Finally, carefully dry off with a soft dry
cloth.
Cleaning products containing alco-
hol must not be used.

We have selected special products


to care for your vehicle and you can
obtain these from the manufactur-
er’s accessory outlets.

4.15

ENG_UD26811_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_4 Entretien de la carrosserie (peinture mate) (X44 - X77 - J77 - X85 - B90 - X61 - TEST - X77 ph2 - X95 - B95 - D95 - K95 - J95 - R95 - L90 Ph2 - F90 Ph2 - R90 Ph2 - X62

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

INTERIOR TRIM MAINTENANCE (1/2)


A well-maintained vehicle will last Glass instrument panel Textiles (seats, door trim, etc)
longer. It is therefore recommended to (e.g. instrument panel, clock, exterior
maintain the interior of the vehicle regu- Vacuum-clean the textiles regularly.
temperature display, radio display, etc.)
larly. Liquid stain
Use a soft cloth (or cotton wool).
A stain should always be dealt with If this does not clean it properly, use a Use soapy water.
swiftly. soft cloth (or cotton wool) slightly mois-
tened with soapy water and then wipe Dab lightly (never rub) with a soft cloth,
Whatever type of stain is on the trim, rinse and remove the excess.
use cold (or warm) soapy water with clean with a soft damp cloth or cotton
natural soap. wool.
Finally, carefully dry off with a soft dry Solid or pasty stain
Detergents (washing-up liquid, pow- cloth. Carefully remove the excess solid or
dered products, alcohol-based prod- pasty material immediately with a
ucts) should not be used. Cleaning products containing alco-
hol must not be used under any cir- spatula (working from the edges to the
Use a soft cloth. cumstances. centre to avoid spreading the stain).
Clean as for a liquid stain.
Rinse and soak up the excess.
Seat belts Special instructions for sweets or
chewing gum
These must be kept clean.
Use products selected by our Technical Put an ice cube on the stain to solidify
Department (Approved outlets) or it, then proceed as for a solid stain.
warm, soapy water and a sponge and
wipe with a dry cloth.
Detergents or dyes must not be used
under any circumstances.

For further recommendations for


maintaining the interior, and/or for
any unsatisfactory results, please
see an authorised dealer.

4.16

ENG_UD22866_8
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_4 Entretien des garnitures intérieures (X35 - X45 - X65 - J77 - X81 - J81 - X85 - X91 - B91 - K91 - D91 - X83 - X61 - X77 ph2 - X95 - B95 - D95 - E95 - K95 - J95 - R95 -

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

INTERIOR TRIM MAINTENANCE (2/2)


Removal/replacing removable You should not:
equipment originally fitted in You are strongly advised not to po-
the vehicle sition objects such as deodorants,
If you need to remove equipment in scents, etc. near air vents, as this could
order to clean the passenger com- damage your dashboard trim.
partment (for example, mats), always
ensure that they are correctly refitted
and are the right way around (the driv-
er’s mat should be fitted on the driver’s
side, etc.) and fit them with the compo-
nents supplied with the equipment (for
example, the driver mat should always
be fixed using the pre-fitted mounting
components).
With the vehicle stationary, ensure that
nothing will impede driving (anything
obstructing the pedals, heel wedged by
the mat, etc.).

You are strongly recom-


mended not to use high-
pressure or spray cleaning
equipment inside the pas-
senger compartment: use of such
equipment could impair the correct
functioning of the electrical or elec-
tronic components in the vehicle, or
have other detrimental effects.

4.17

ENG_UD22866_8
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_4 Entretien des garnitures intérieures (X35 - X45 - X65 - J77 - X81 - J81 - X85 - X91 - B91 - K91 - D91 - X83 - X61 - X77 ph2 - X95 - B95 - D95 - E95 - K95 - J95 - R95 -

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

4.18

ENG_UD37596_7
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_4 Filler NU (X06 - C06 - S06 - X35 - L35 - X44 - C44 - G44 - X45 - H45 - X65 - L65 - S65 - X73 - B73 - X74 - B74 - K74 - X77 - J77 - F77 - R77 - X81 - J81 - X84 - B84 - C84

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

Section 5: Practical advice

Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.2
Puncture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.3
Tyre inflation kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.5
Wheel trim – Wheel rims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.11
Changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.12
Tyres (tyre and wheel safety, use in winter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.14
Front lights: changing bulbs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.17
Fog lights: changing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.18
Rear and side lights: changing bulbs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.19
Interior lights: changing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.22
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.24
Radio frequency remote control unit: batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.28
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.29
Wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.31
Towing: troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.32
Fitted audio equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.34
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.35
Operating faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.36
5.1

ENG_UD38224_8
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_5 Sommaire 5 (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

TOOLS

1
5
2
2 4
1
3

4 3
Accessing the tools Wheelbrace 4 Tow eye 3
The tools are located in the luggage This is used to tighten/loosen the wheel Please see “Towing: breakdown recov-
compartment. bolts and, depending on the vehicle, to ery” in Section 5.
The presence of the tools depends on access the emergency spare wheel.
the vehicle.

Jack 1
To use the jack, unscrew nut 5. When
replacing the jack, fold it up completely Never leave tools unsecured in the vehicle: there is a risk that they may
and replace it in its housing. Tighten the be thrown about during braking. After use, make sure the tools are cor-
nut 5 to secure the jack. rectly positioned in their housings: there is a risk of injury.
If wheel bolts are supplied in the tool kit, only use these bolts for the
Hubcap tool 2 emergency spare wheel: refer to the label affixed to the emergency spare wheel.
Removes the wheel hubcaps. Located The jack is designed for wheel changing purposes only. Under no circumstances
behind the jack. should it be used for carrying out repairs underneath the vehicle or to gain access
to the underside of the vehicle.

5.2

ENG_UD28039_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_5 Outils (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

PUNCTURE (1/2)
In the event of a puncture,
depending on the vehicle,
you will have:
An emergency spare wheel or tyre in-
flation kit (refer to the information on the
following pages).

If the emergency spare wheel has been stored for several years, have it
checked by your Dealer to ensure that it is safe to use.
Vehicle fitted with an emergency spare wheel that differs from the
other wheels:
– Never fit more than one emergency spare wheel to the same vehicle.
– As the punctured wheel is wider than the emergency spare wheel, the vehicle’s
ground clearance is reduced.
– Replace the emergency spare wheel as soon as possible with a wheel identi-
cal to the original one.
– When this is fitted to the vehicle, which must only be a temporary measure, the
driving speed must not exceed the speed indicated on the label on the wheel.
– Fitting an emergency spare wheel may alter the way the vehicle usually runs.
Avoid sudden acceleration or deceleration and reduce your speed when cor-
nering.
– If you need to use snow chains, fit the emergency spare wheel to the rear axle
and check the tyre pressure.

5.3

ENG_UD38037_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_5 Crevaison (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

PUNCTURE (2/2)

1
1

2
4 3
Do not leave the tools un-
Emergency spare wheel 2 To store the wheel in the cage secured inside the vehicle
– Make sure the wheel is correctly po- as they may come loose
This is stored in cage 4 under the floor
sitioned in the cage 4, valve facing under braking. After use,
at the rear of the vehicle.
down. make sure the tools are correctly
To access the emergency spare – Re-attach the subframe using positioned in their housings: risk of
wheel handle 3 and retighten the nut using injury.
spanner 1 to refit the assembly. If wheel bolts are supplied in the
– Open the tailgate; tool kit, only use these bolts for the
– Undo the nut with wheelbrace 1 – Make sure it is correctly locked.
emergency spare wheel: refer to the
stored in the boot; If the cage 4 cannot be re-attached, this label affixed to the emergency spare
– Detach the cage 4 using handle 3; means that the wheel is poorly posi- wheel.
– Release the emergency spare tioned. If this happens, open the cage, The jack is designed for wheel
wheel. push the wheel in as far as it will go and changing purposes only. Under no
close again. circumstances should it be used for
carrying out repairs underneath the
vehicle or to gain access to the un-
Do not touch the exhaust as derside of the vehicle.
it could burn.

5.4

ENG_UD38037_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_5 Crevaison (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

TYRE INFLATION KIT (1/6)

B Do not attempt to use the The kit is only approved for


inflation kit if the tyre has inflating the tyres of the ve-
A been damaged as a result hicle originally equipped
of driving with a puncture. with the kit.
You should therefore carefully check It must never be used to inflate
the condition of the tyre sidewalls the tyres of another vehicle, or any
before any operation. other inflatable object (rubber ring,
Driving with underinflated, flat or rubber boat, etc.).
punctured tyres can be dangerous Avoid spillage on skin when hand-
and may make the tyre impossible ling the repair liquid bottle. If drop-
to repair. lets do leak out, rinse them off with
This repair is temporary plenty of water.

A tyre which has been punctured Keep the repair kit away from chil-
should always be inspected (and re- dren.
The kit repairs tyres with paired, where possible) as soon as Do not dispose of the empty bottle
tread A damaged by ob- possible by a specialist. in the countryside. Return it to your
jects smaller than 4 mm. It When replacing a tyre repaired with approved dealer or to a recycling or-
cannot repair all types of this kit, you must consult a special- ganisation.
puncture, such as cuts of more than ist. When driving, vibration may be The bottle has a limited service
4 mm, or cuts in tyre sidewall B etc. felt due to the presence of the repair life which is indicated on its label.
Ensure also that the wheel rim is in product injected into the tyre. Check the expiry date.
good condition. Contact an approved dealer to re-
Do not pull out the foreign body place the inflation tube and repair
causing the puncture if it is still in product bottle.
the tyre.

5.5

ENG_UD38039_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_5 Kit de gonflage des pneumatiques (X67 - X92 - Dacia)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

TYRE INFLATION KIT (2/6)

1 2 3 4
C

5
6 9

8
7

Inflation kit C Open the kit, remove caps 1 and 3 (it is


essential not to remove the cap from
Depending on the vehicle, in the event the bottle) then screw bottle 2 to its
of a puncture, use the kit C located in base 3.
the boot.
With the engine running and the
handbrake engaged:
If the vehicle is parked on
– unscrew the valve cap on the wheel the hard shoulder, you must
concerned and screw the inflation warn other road users of
Before using this kit, park adapter 6 onto valve; your vehicle’s presence
the vehicle at a sufficient – connect adapter 8 to accessories with a warning triangle or with other
distance from traffic, switch socket 9 on the dashboard of the ve- devices as per the legislation apply-
on the hazard warning hicle; ing to the country you are in.
lights, apply the handbrake, ask all
passengers to leave the vehicle and
keep them away from traffic.

5.6

ENG_UD38039_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_5 Kit de gonflage des pneumatiques (X67 - X92 - Dacia)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

TYRE INFLATION KIT (3/6)


– adjust the pressure: to increase – store the kit;
C it, continue inflating with the kit, to – after the first inflation procedure the
4 reduce it, turn button 7 located on tyre will still be leaking; it is vital to
the inflation adapter. drive in order to plug the hole;
If a minimum pressure of 1.8 bar is – start immediately and drive at be-
not reached after 15 minutes, repair
10 is not possible; do not drive the vehi-
tween 12 and 36 mph (20 and
60 km/h) to distribute the product
cle but contact an approved dealer. evenly throughout the tyre, stopping
5 Once the tyre is inflated correctly: after a distance of 2 miles (3 kilome-
– stop using the kit; tres) to check the pressure;

– close the integrated cap on the bottle


again;
8 7
– disconnect the adapter 8;
– affix driving recommendation
– press switch 5 to inflate the tyre to
label 10 to the dashboard where it
the recommended pressure (check
can easily be seen by the driver; Following repair with the kit,
the label affixed to the edge of the
driver’s door); do not travel further than
120 miles (200 km). In addi-
– after a maximum of 5 minutes, stop
tion, reduce your speed and
inflating and read the pressure (on
under no circumstances exceed 48
the pressure gauge 4);
mph (80 km/h). The sticker, which
Note: while the bottle is emptying you must affix in a prominent posi-
(approximately 30 seconds), pres- tion on the dashboard, reminds you
sure gauge 4 will briefly indicate a of this.
pressure of 6 bar, then the pressure
Depending on the country or local
will drop. Nothing should be placed
legislation, a tyre repaired with the
around the driver’s feet
tyre pressure kit will need to be re-
as such objects may slide
placed.
under the pedals during
sudden braking manoeuvres and
obstruct their use.

5.7

ENG_UD38039_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_5 Kit de gonflage des pneumatiques (X67 - X92 - Dacia)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

TYRE INFLATION KIT (4/6)


– if the pressure is greater than 1.3 bar
but less than the recommended
pressure (refer to the label affixed to
the edge of the driver’s door), read-
just it; otherwise, please contact an
authorised dealer: the tyre cannot be
repaired.
Note: after using the inflation kit, you
should visit an approved dealer to re-
place the inflation hose and the bottle
of repair product.

Precautions when using the


kit
The kit should not be operated for more
than 15 consecutive minutes.
Following repair with the kit,
do not travel further than
120 miles (200 km). In addi-
tion, reduce your speed and
under no circumstances exceed 48
mph (80 km/h). The sticker, which
Important: a missing or you must affix in a prominent posi-
loose valve cap may com- tion on the dashboard, reminds you
promise the tyre seal and of this.
cause a loss of pressure.
Always use valve caps which are Depending on the country or local
identical to the originals and fully legislation, a tyre repaired with the
tightened. tyre pressure kit will need to be re-
placed.

5.8

ENG_UD38039_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_5 Kit de gonflage des pneumatiques (X67 - X92 - Dacia)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

TYRE INFLATION KIT (5/6)


With the engine running and the – after a maximum of 15 minutes, stop
11 handbrake engaged: inflating and read the pressure (on
12 pressure gauge 15).
– unroll the hose from the container;
18 Note: while the container is empty-
– connect the compressor hose 13 to
the container inlet 18; ing (approximately 30 seconds), the
pressure gauge 15 will briefly indi-
13 – depending on the vehicle, connect cate a pressure of up to 6 bar. The
D the container 18 to the compressor pressure will then drop.
17 from the container recess 17;
– adjust the pressure: to increase
16 14 – unscrew the valve cap on the rel- it, continue inflation with the kit; to
evant wheel and screw on the con- reduce it, press button 16.
15 tainer’s inflation adapter 11;
If a minimum pressure of 1.8 bar is
– adapter 12 must be connected to not reached after 15 minutes, repair
the vehicle accessories socket; is not possible; do not drive the ve-
– press switch 14 to inflate the tyre to hicle but contact an approved dealer.
Inflation kit D the recommended pressure (please
Depending on the vehicle, in the event refer to the information on “Tyre
of a puncture, use the kit D located in pressure”);
the boot or underneath the boot carpet.

If the vehicle is parked on


Before using this kit, park the hard shoulder, you must
the vehicle at a sufficient warn other road users of
distance from traffic, switch your vehicle’s presence
on the hazard warning with a warning triangle or with other
lights, apply the handbrake, ask all devices as per the legislation apply-
passengers to leave the vehicle and ing to the country you are in.
keep them away from traffic.

5.9

ENG_UD38039_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_5 Kit de gonflage des pneumatiques (X67 - X92 - Dacia)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

TYRE INFLATION KIT (6/6)


– Affix the driving recommendation Precautions when using the
11 label to the dashboard where it can kit
easily be seen by the driver;
The kit should not be operated for more
– Put the kit away. than 15 consecutive minutes.
– At the end of this initial inflation op-
eration, air will still escape from the
tyre. You must drive a short distance Please be aware that a
D in order to seal the hole. poorly tightened or miss-
– Start immediately and drive at be- ing valve cap can make the
tween 12 and 40 mph (20 and tyres less airtight and may
60 km/h) in order to distribute the lead to pressure loss.
product evenly in the tyre and, after Always use valve caps identical to
driving for 2 miles (3 km), stop and those fitted originally and tighten
check the pressure. them fully.
Once the tyre is correctly inflated, – If the pressure is greater than 1.3 bar
remove the kit: slowly unscrew the in- but less than the recommended
flation adapter 11 to prevent any repair pressure (refer to the label affixed to
product from escaping and store the the edge of the driver’s door), read-
container in plastic packaging to pre- just it. Otherwise, please contact an
vent the product from escaping. authorised dealer: the tyre cannot be Following repair with the kit,
repaired. do not travel further than
120 miles (200 km). In addi-
tion, reduce your speed and
under no circumstances exceed
48 mph (80 km/h). The sticker,
which you must affix in a prominent
Nothing should be placed position on the dashboard, reminds
around the driver’s feet you of this.
as such objects may slide Depending on the country or local
under the pedals during legislation, a tyre repaired with the
sudden braking manoeuvres and inflation kit may need to be replaced.
obstruct their use.

5.10

ENG_UD38039_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_5 Kit de gonflage des pneumatiques (X67 - X92 - Dacia)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

WHEEL TRIM - WHEELS

D
C B

1 2

Wheel trim with concealed Wheel trim with visible wheel


wheel bolts bolts
Remove the wheel trim using the To remove it without removing the
hubcap tool 1, by inserting the tool into wheel, press it at the points indicated
valve recess 2. by the arrows.
To refit the wheel trim, align it with Turn it so that the retaining brackets
valve 2. Push the retaining hooks in holding it in place behind the wheel
fully, starting with side A near the valve, bolts are released.
followed by B and C, finishing at D op- To refit the hubcap, proceed in reverse
posite the valve. order.
Anti-theft bolts
If you use anti-theft bolts,use the in-
structions on the inside of the wheel
trim to position the bolts (wheel trim
may not be able to fit).

5.11

ENG_UD24470_1
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_5 Enjoliveurs - Jantes (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

CHANGING A WHEEL (1/2)


Vehicles equipped with a jack Place the jack 4 horizontally; the jack
and wheelbrace head must be lined up with the sill 1
closest to the wheel concerned, as
If necessary, remove the hubcap. shown by arrow 2.
Use the wheelbrace 3 to slacken off Crank up the jack 4 by hand at first to
2 3 the wheel bolts. Fit it so that you press align the base plate (which should be
downwards rather than pulling up- inclined further inwards than the jack
1 wards. head).
Turn the wheelbrace until the wheel lifts
off the ground.
4

Switch on the hazard warn- If the vehicle is not equipped with a


ing lights. jack or wheelbrace, you can obtain
these from your approved dealer.
Keep the vehicle away from
traffic and on a level surface
where it will not slip.
Apply the parking brake and engage If the vehicle is parked on
a gear (first or reverse). the hard shoulder, you must
warn other road users of
Ask all passengers to leave the ve- your vehicle’s presence
hicle and keep them away from traf- with a warning triangle or with other
fic. To prevent any risk of injury
devices as per the legislation apply- or damage to the vehicle,
ing to the country you are in. only crank the jack until the
wheel you are replacing is
a maximum of 3 centimetres off the
ground.

5.12

ENG_UD38038_4
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_5 Changement de roue (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

CHANGING A WHEEL (2/2)


Undo the bolts and take off the wheel.
Fit the emergency spare wheel on the
central hub and turn it to locate the
mounting holes in the wheel and the
hub.
If bolts are supplied with the emergency
spare wheel, only use these bolts for
the emergency spare wheel.
Tighten the bolts, checking that the
wheel is correctly positioned on its hub
and lower the jack.
With the wheel on the ground, tighten
the bolts fully and have the tightness
of the bolts checked (tightening torque:
110 N.m) and the emergency spare
wheel pressure checked as soon as
possible.

If you have a puncture, re-


Anti-theft bolts place the wheel as soon
as possible. A tyre which
If you use anti-theft bolts, please has been punctured should
refer to the instructions given on always be inspected (and repaired,
the interior of the wheel trim to posi- where possible) by a specialist.
tion the bolts (wheel trim may not be
able to fit).

5.13

ENG_UD38038_4
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_5 Changement de roue (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

TYRES (1/3)
Tyre and wheel safety When the tyre tread has been worn
1 to the level of the warning strips, they
The tyres are the only contact between become visible 2: it is then neces-
the vehicle and the road, so it is essen- sary to replace your tyres because the
tial to keep them in good condition. tread rubber is now only 1.6 mm deep
You must make sure that your tyres at most, resulting in poor road hold-
conform to local road traffic regulations. ing on wet roads.
An overloaded vehicle, long journeys
by motorway, particularly in very hot
weather, or continual driving on poorly
For your safety, please re- 2 surfaced minor roads will lead to more
spect the speed limit. rapid tyre wear and affect safety.
When they need to be re-
placed, only tyres of the
same make, size, type and profile
should be used on a single axle. Maintaining the tyres
They must: either have a load ca-
pacity and speed rating at least The tyres must be in good condition
equal to those of the original and the tread form must have sufficient
tyres, or conform to those recom- depth; tyres approved by our Technical
mended by an authorised dealer. Department have wear warning strips 1
Failure to heed these instructions which are indicators moulded into
could endanger your safety and the tread at several points.
affect your vehicle’s roadworthi- Incidents which occur when
ness. driving, such as striking the
kerb, may damage the tyres
Risk of loss of control of the ve- and wheel rims, and could
hicle. also lead to misalignment of the
front or rear axle geometry.
In this case, have the condition of
these checked by an approved
dealer.

5.14

ENG_UD38040_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_5 Pneumatiques (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

TYRES (2/3)
Tyre pressures Pressures should be checked when the Vehicle fitted with a tyre pressure
tyres are cold; ignore higher pressures loss warning system
Adhere to the tyre pressures (including which may be reached in hot weather
the emergency spare wheel). The tyre If under-inflated (puncture, low pres-
or following a fast journey.
pressures should be checked at least
once a month and additionally before If tyre pressures cannot be checked 
sure, etc.), the warning light on
the instrument panel comes on. See
any long journey (refer to the label af- when the tyres are cold, assume an in-
fixed to the edge of the driver’s door). crease of 0.2 to 0.3 bar. “Tyre pressure loss warning” in
Section 2.
Never deflate a hot tyre.

Special note
Depending on the vehicle, there may
be an adapter which needs to be posi-
tioned on the valve before air is added.
Incorrect tyre pressures
lead to abnormal tyre wear
and unusually hot running.
These are factors which
may seriously affect safety and lead
to:
– poor road holding,
– risk of bursting or tread separa-
tion.
The pressure depends on the load Please be aware that a
and the speed of use. Adjust the poorly tightened or miss-
pressure according to the condi- ing valve cap can make the
tions of use (refer to the label affixed tyres less airtight and lead
to the edge of the driver’s door). to pressure loss. Always use valve
caps identical to the original ones
and ensure they are tightly screwed
on.

5.15

ENG_UD38040_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_5 Pneumatiques (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

TYRES (3/3)
Changing wheels around Use in winter Snow or Winter tyres
We would recommend that these be
This practice is not recommended. Chains fitted to all four wheels to ensure that
For safety reasons, fitting snow your vehicle retains maximum adhe-
Emergency spare wheel chains to the rear axle is strictly for- sion.
bidden. Warning: These tyres sometimes
Refer to the information on “Puncture” have a specific direction of rotation
and “Changing a wheel” in Section 5. Chains must not be fitted to tyres
which are larger than those originally and a maximum speed index which
fitted to the vehicle. may be lower than the maximum
Fitting new tyres speed of your vehicle.

Studded tyres
Chains may only be fitted This type of equipment may only be
to tyres of the same size used for a limited period and as laid
as those originally fitted to down by local legislation.
your vehicle. It is necessary to observe the speed
specified by current legislation.
For safety reasons, this op- Only certain chains can be fitted to These tyres must, at a minimum, be
eration must be carried out tyres. Consult an approved dealer. fitted to the two front wheels.
by a specialist.
Special note for versions fitted
Fitting different tyres may with 16” wheels: snow chains
change your vehicle as follows: may not be fitted.
– it may mean that your vehicle no If you wish to fit snow chains, you
longer conforms to current regu- must use special equipment.
lations;
Consult your approved dealer.
– It may change the way it handles
when cornering;
– It may cause the steering to be In all cases, we would recommend
heavy; that you contact your approved
Dealer who will be able to advise
– it may affect the use of snow you on the choice of equipment
chains. which is most suitable for your ve-
hicle.

5.16

ENG_UD38040_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_5 Pneumatiques (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

FRONT LIGHTS: changing bulbs


1 Daytime running light
1 Turn the bulb holder 1 a quarter of a
4
turn and take out the bulb.
Bulb type: P21W.

Front side light


Turn the bulb holder 2 a quarter of a
turn and take out the bulb.
Bulb type: W5W.
3 2
A
Direction indicator lights
3 5 2
Turn the bulb holder 3 a quarter of a
turn and take out the bulb.
The following bulbs can be replaced. Main beam headlights, dipped
However, we would advise you to have beam headlights Bulb type: PY21W.
them replaced by an approved dealer if Remove the connector from the bulb 5.
it proves difficult. Remove cover A.
Unclip the spring 4 and take out the
bulb. The engine may be hot
during operations in close
Bulb type: H4 anti UV (see box). proximity. In addition, the
It is essential to use anti-U.V. 55W engine cooling fan may
bulbs so as not to damage the plastic come on at any moment.
on the headlights. Risk of injury.
Do not touch the bulb glass. Hold it
by its base.
To comply with current legislation, or When the bulb has been changed,
as a precaution, you can obtain an make sure you refit the cover correctly. The bulbs are under pres-
emergency kit from your approved sure and can break when
dealer containing a set of spare replaced.
bulbs and fuses. Risk of injury.

5.17

ENG_UD36383_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_5 Feux avant : remplacement des lampes (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

FOG LIGHTS: changing bulbs


Additional lights
If you wish to fit fog lights to your ve- To comply with local legislation, or
hicle, please see an authorised dealer. as a precaution, you can obtain an
emergency kit containing a set of
spare bulbs and fuses from an ap-
proved Dealer.

Front fog lights 1


Consult an approved dealer.
Bulb type: H16LL.

Any operation on (or modi-


fication to) the electrical
system must be performed
by an approved Dealer
since an incorrect connection might
damage the electrical equipment
(harness, components and in partic- The engine may be hot
ular the alternator). In addition, your during operations in close
Dealer has all the parts required for proximity. In addition, the
The bulbs are under pres- engine cooling fan may
fitting these units.
sure and can break when come on at any moment.
replaced.
Risk of injury.
Risk of injury.

5.18

ENG_UD29945_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_5 Feux de brouillard : remplacement des lampes (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

REAR AND SIDE LIGHTS: changing bulbs (1/3)

3
2
4
5
1 6

7
2

Direction indicator, brake and Release the light assembly from out- 4 Side light and brake light
side lights side the vehicle by pulling towards the Bulb type 4: P21/5W.
rear.
Undo bolt 1 to remove the light. 5 Indicator light
Remove the bulb holder 3 by releasing
clips 2. Bulb type 5: PY21W.
6 Reversing light (right-hand side
Refitting only)
To refit, proceed in the reverse order, Bulb type 6: P21W.
taking care not to damage the wiring,
and fasten clips 2 on the bulb holder 3. 7 Fog light (left-hand side only)
Bulb type 7: P21W.

5.19

ENG_UD38060_4
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_5 Feux arrière: remplacement des lampes (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

REAR AND SIDE LIGHTS: changing bulbs (2/3)

9
8

High-level brake light Refitting


– Remove the two plastic blanking To return it, proceed in the reverse
covers 8 from the inside. order to removal.
– Unclip the light using a screwdriver, Check the tabs are correctly locked in
by releasing the metal clips from position.
their housings.
– Remove light from the outside.
Replace the bulb without disconnect-
ing the wiring.
Bulb type 9: W16W.

The bulbs are under pres-


sure and may break when
replaced.
Risk of injury.

5.20

ENG_UD38060_4
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_5 Feux arrière: remplacement des lampes (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

REAR AND SIDE LIGHTS: changing bulbs (3/3)

13

10
11
12

Number plate lights 11 Side indicator lights 12


Unclip the light 11 by pressing the Unclip the side mounted indicator
tab 10 using a flat-blade screwdriver light 12 (using a flat-blade screwdriver
or similar. or similar).
Remove the light cover to gain access Turn the bulb holder 13 a quarter of a
to the bulb. turn and take out the bulb.
Bulb type: W5W Bulb type: W5W.

The bulbs are under pres-


sure and can break when
replaced.
Risk of injury.

5.21

ENG_UD38060_4
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_5 Feux arrière: remplacement des lampes (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

INTERIOR LIGHTING: changing bulbs (1/2)

1 3
2

Courtesy light Remove the bulb. Rear courtesy light


Unclip lens 1 using a flat-blade screw- Bulb type 2: W5W. Remove the lens 3 using a tool such as
driver or similar. a flat-blade screwdriver.
Release the bulb.
Bulb type: W5W.

The bulbs are under pres-


sure and may break when
replaced.
Risk of injury.

5.22

ENG_UD38162_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_5 Eclaireurs intérieurs: remplacement des lampes (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

INTERIOR LIGHTING: changing bulbs (2/2)

5 6 7

Luggage compartment light


Unclip the light 4 (using a tool such as a
flat-blade screwdriver).
Press tab 5 to release the lens 7 and
access bulb 6.
Bulb type: W5W.

The bulbs are under pres-


sure and may break when
replaced.
Risk of injury.

5.23

ENG_UD38162_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_5 Eclaireurs intérieurs: remplacement des lampes (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

FUSES (1/4)

1
A

Fuses in passenger compartment A Clip 1


If any electrical component does not Remove the fuse using tweezers 1, lo-
work, check the condition of the fuses. cated at the back of flap A.
Unclip the access flap A. To remove the fuse from the tweezers,
slide the fuse to the side.
It is not advisable to use the free fuse
locations. Check the fuse in question
and replace it, if necessary,
with a fuse of the same
rating.
If a fuse is fitted where the rating is
too high, it may cause the electrical
circuit to overheat (risk of fire) in the
To comply with current legislation, event of an item of equipment using
or as a precaution, you can obtain an excessive amount of current.
an emergency kit from your appro-
ved dealer containing a set of spare
bulbs and fuses.

5.24

ENG_UD38160_5
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_5 Fusibles (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

FUSES (2/4)

Fuses in engine compartment B Special features of LPG versions


Some functions are protected by fuses The specific LPG circuit shut-off fuse 2
located in the engine compartment is located in the box B.
(unit B).
However, because of their reduced
accessibility, we advise you to have
your fuses replaced by an approved
Dealer.

The engine may be hot


during operations in close Deactivate the Stop and
proximity. In addition, the Start function for any opera-
engine cooling fan may tion performed in the engine
come on at any moment. compartment.
Risk of injury.

5.25

ENG_UD38160_5
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_5 Fusibles (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

FUSES (3/4)
Allocation of fuses in the passenger compartment
(the presence of certain fuses DEPENDS ON THE VEHICLE EQUIPMENT LEVEL)

A B C D J

33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
34
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 35

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

36
37

38
39

5.26

ENG_UD38160_5
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_5 Fusibles (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

FUSES (4/4)

Number Allocation Number Allocation Number Allocation

A Electric rear window 24 Direction indicator light


11 Automatic door locking
B Electric door mirrors
25 Not used
Electronic stability
12
C Front electric window program ESC Passenger compartment
26
ECU
Automatic or sequential 13 Courtesy light
D 27
gearbox 14 Reverse Steering column control
and 29
Third row accessories 28 Not used
J 15 Windscreen wiper
socket
1 LPG 16 Heated seats Location reserved for
30
additional equipment.
Left-hand main beam 17 Daytime running lights
2
headlight 31 Instrument panel
Right-hand main beam 18 Brake lights
3 32 Radio
headlight
19 Fuel pump, Injection
Left-hand dipped beam
4 33 Starter, manual gearbox
headlight
20 Airbag
Right-hand dipped beam
5 34 Windscreen wiper
headlight Cruise control-Speed
limiter, rear windscreen, Passenger compartment
6 Front side lights 21 unfastened seatbelt 35
ventilation
warning, parking distance
7 Rear side lights control 36 Cigar lighter

22 Power-assisted steering 37 Diagnostic socket


8 Rear accessories socket
38 Defrosting rearview mirror
9 Rear fog lights Location reserved for
23
additional equipment.
10 Horn 39 Front fog lights

5.27

ENG_UD38160_5
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_5 Fusibles (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

RADIO FREQUENCY REMOTE CONTROL: batteries

Replacing the remote control Replace battery 2 according to the di-


battery rection marked on the cover.
Undo screw 1 to remove the remote Note: It is not advisable to touch the
control cover. electronic circuit in the key cover when
replacing the battery.

The batteries are available from ap-


proved Dealers, and their service
life approximately two years. Do not throw away your
used batteries; give them to
Check that there is no dye on the When refitting, ensure that the cover an organisation responsible
battery: risk of an incorrect electri- is correctly clipped on and the screw for collecting and recycling
cal contact. tightened. batteries.

5.28

ENG_UD13290_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_5 Télécommande à radiofréquence : piles (X61 - F61 - K61 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

BATTERY: troubleshooting (1/2)


To avoid all risk of sparks: Connecting a battery charger
– Ensure that any consumers (cour- The battery charger must be com-
tesy lights, etc.) are switched off patible with a battery with nominal
before disconnecting or reconnect- voltage of 12 volts.
ing the battery; Do not disconnect the battery when the
– when charging, stop the charger engine is running. Follow the instruc-
before connecting or disconnecting tions given by the manufacturer of
the battery; the battery charger you are using.
– to avoid creating a short circuit be-
tween the terminals, do not place
metal objects on the battery;
– always wait at least one minute after
the engine has been switched off Handle the battery with care
before disconnecting a battery; as it contains sulphuric acid,
which must not come into
– make sure that you reconnect the contact with eyes or skin. If
battery terminals after refitting. it does, wash the affected area with
plenty of cold water and consult a
doctor, if necessary.
Ensure that naked flames, red hot
Some batteries may have objects and sparks do not come into
specific conditions for re- contact with the battery as there is a
charging. Consult your ap- risk of explosion.
proved dealer. Avoid the The engine may be hot when car-
risk of sparks, as this could cause rying out operations in close prox-
a sudden explosion, and always imity. In addition, the engine cooling
charge the battery in a well-venti- fan can come on at any moment.
Deactivate the Stop and lated area.
Start function for any opera- Risk of injury.
Risk of serious injury.
tion performed in the engine
compartment.

5.29

ENG_UD38058_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_5 Batterie : dépannage (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

BATTERY: troubleshooting (2/2)


Starting the vehicle using the
battery from another vehicle
1 4
If you have to use the battery from an-
other vehicle to start, obtain suitable
jump leads (with a large cross section)
from an approved dealer or, if you al- B
ready have jump leads, ensure that
they are in perfect condition.
The two batteries must have an iden- 1 A
tical nominal voltage of 12 volts. The
battery supplying the current should
have a capacity (amp-hours, Ah) which 3
is at least the same as that of the dis- 2
charged battery.
Ensure that there is no risk of contact Connect the positive cable (+) A to the
between the two vehicles (risk of short (+) terminal 1 of the discharged battery,
circuiting when the positive terminals then to the (+) terminal 2 of the battery
are connected) and that the discharged supplying the current.
battery is properly connected. Switch
off your vehicle ignition. Connect the negative cable (–) B to the
(–) 3 terminal of the battery supplying
Start the engine of the vehicle supply- the current and then to the (–) 4 termi-
ing the current and run it at an interme- nal of the discharged battery.
diate engine speed. Check that there is no con-
Start the engine as normal. As soon as tact between leads A and B
it starts, disconnect cables A and B in and that the positive lead A
reverse order (4-3-2-1). is not touching any metal
parts on the vehicle supplying the
current.
Risk of serious injury and/or damage
to the vehicle.

5.30

ENG_UD38058_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_5 Batterie : dépannage (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

WIPER BLADES

Check the condition of the wiper


5 blades. You are responsible for their
1 service life:
2 E – clean the blades, windscreen and
3 6 rear screen regularly with soapy
water;
4 A – do not use them when the wind-
screen or rear screen are dry;
– free them from the windscreen or
rear screen when they have not
B been used for a long time.
D
C
Replacing windscreen wiper Replacing the rear screen – In frosty weather, make
blades 1 wiper blade 6 sure that the wiper blades
– With the ignition switched off, lift – With the ignition switched off, lift are not stuck by ice (to
wiper arm 3; wiper arm 5; avoid the risk of the motor
– pivot the blade 6 until some resist- overheating).
– turn the blade horizontally (move- ance is met;
ment A); – pull the blade to release it (move- – Check the condition of the wiper
ment E). blades.
– press tab 2 and slide the wiper blade Replace the wiper blades as soon
downwards (movement D) until as they begin to lose efficiency
hook 4 on the wiper arm is released. Refitting a front or rear wiper (approximately once a year).
– slide the blade (movement C) then blade Whilst changing the blade, take care
lift it (movement B) to release it. not to drop the arm onto the window
To refit the wiper blade, proceed in re-
verse order to removal. Make sure that after it has been removed as this
the blade is correctly locked in position. may break the window.

5.31

ENG_UD24481_1
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_5 Balais d’essuie-vitres (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

TOWING: breakdown (1/2)


Before any towing, put the gears into Towing a vehicle with an
neutral (neutral position for vehicles automatic gearbox
equipped with a manual gearbox or N
position for vehicles equipped with an With the engine switched off, the trans-
automatic gearbox). mission is no longer lubricated. It is
preferable to tow this type of vehicle on 1
Unlock the steering column; the igni- a trailer or tow it with the rear wheels off
tion key must be in “M” position (ig- the ground.
nition) to enable signalling (“Stop”
lights, hazard warning lights, etc.). Under exceptional circumstances, you
Always switch on the lights when may tow the vehicle with all four wheels
driving at night. on the ground, only going forward, with 2
the gear lever in the neutral N position,
Release the parking brake. and for a distance not exceeding
It is also essential to observe the towing 30 miles (50 km).
regulations imposed by current legisla- If the gear lever cannot be put into the
tion in your country. Please contact an N position, please consult an autho-
authorised dealer. rised dealer. If the lever is stuck in P,
even though you are de-
pressing the brake pedal,
the lever can be released
manually.
To do this, release the base of the
lever, then use a tool (rigid rod) in
When the engine is the slot 2 and simultaneously press
stopped, steering and brak- button 1 to unlock the lever.
ing assistance are not op-
erational. Contact an authorised dealer as
soon as possible.

Do not remove the key from


the ignition when the vehi-
cle is being towed.

5.32

ENG_UD38219_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_5 Remorquage: dépannage (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

TOWING: breakdown (2/2)

3
4 6

4
5
7
– Use a rigid towing bar.
If a rope or cable is used
(where the law allows this),
Only use the front 3 and rear 6 Access to towing points the vehicle being towed
towing points.
Unclip cover 5 or 7 by inserting a flat- must be able to brake.
These towing points may only be used blade screwdriver or similar under the – A vehicle must not be towed if it is
for towing: never use them for lifting the cover. not fit to be driven.
vehicle directly or indirectly. – Avoid accelerating or braking
Tighten the tow eye 4 fully: as much
as possible by hand at first, then finish suddenly when towing, as this
tightening it using the wheelbrace. may result in damage being
caused to the vehicle.
Use only towing hitch 4 and the wheel- – When towing a vehicle, it is ad-
brace located under the luggage com- visable not to exceed 30 mph
partment carpet in the tool kit (please (50 km/h).
refer to the information on the “Tool kit” – Do not push the vehicle if the
in Section 5). steering column is locked.

Do not leave the tools unse-


cured inside the vehicle as
they may come loose under
braking.

5.33

ENG_UD38219_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_5 Remorquage: dépannage (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

FITTING A RADIO

2
3

If your vehicle is not fitted with an audio Location of front 2 or rear3


system, one can be fitted and locations door speakers
have been provided for: Unclip the cover using a flat-blade
– the radio 1; screwdriver or similar.
– the front door speakers 2.
– the rear door speakers 3. – In all cases, it is very important to follow the manufacturer’s instructions
carefully.
To install any equipment, please consult
– – The specifications of the brackets and wires (available from our
an authorised dealer.
network) vary depending on the equipment level of your vehicle and the
type of radio. Consult an authorised dealer to find out the correct part number.
Radio location 1 – No work may be carried out on the vehicle’s electrical or radio circuits, except
by approved Dealers: an incorrectly connected system may result in damage
Unclip and remove storage compart-
being caused to the electrical equipment and/or the components connected to
ment 1.
it.

5.34

ENG_UD36792_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_5 Prééquipement radio (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

ACCESSORIES

Electrical and electronic accessories


Before installing this type of accessory (particularly for transmitters/receivers: frequency bandwidth, power level, po-
sition of the aerial, etc.), make sure it is compatible with your vehicle. You can get advice from an authorised dealer.
Connect accessories with a maximum power of 120 watts only. Fire hazard.
No work may be carried out on the vehicle’s electrical or radio circuits, except by authorised dealers: an incorrectly connected
system may result in damage being caused to the electrical equipment and/or the components connected to it.
If the vehicle is fitted with any aftermarket electrical equipment, make sure that the installation is correctly protected by a fuse.
Establish the rating and position of this fuse.

Use of transmission/receiving devices (telephones, CB equipment etc.).


Telephones and CB equipment with integrated aerials may cause interference to the electronic systems originally fitted to the
vehicle: it is advisable only to use equipment with an external aerial. Furthermore, we remind you of the need to conform
to the legislation in force concerning the use of such equipment.

Fitting after-market accessories


If you wish to install accessories on the vehicle: please contact an authorised dealer. Also, to ensure the correct operation of
your vehicle, and to avoid any risk to your safety, we recommend that you use only accessories specifically designed for your
vehicle, which are the only accessories for which the manufacturer will provide a warranty.
If you are using an anti-theft device, only attach it to the brake pedal.
Obstructions to the driver
On the driver’s side, only use mats suitable for the vehicle, attached with the pre-fitted components, and check the fitting regu-
larly. Do not lay one mat on top of another. There is a risk of wedging the pedals.

5.35

ENG_UD33475_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_5 Accessoires VT (X35 - X44 - X45 - X77 - X81 - X85 - X90 - X91 - X70 - X76 - X83 - X61 - TEST - X95 - X33 - X47 - X43 - X38 - H79 - X62 - X32 - X67 - X92 - X98 - X52 -

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

OPERATING FAULTS (1/5)


The following advice will enable you to carry out quick, temporary repairs. For safety reasons you should always contact
an approved dealer as soon as possible.

The starter is activated POSSIBLE CAUSES WHAT TO DO

Warning lights dim or fail to come on; Battery terminals disconnected, Retighten them, reconnect them or clean
the starter does not run. oxidised or incorrectly secured. them if they are oxidised.

Battery discharged or worn. Connect another battery to the faulty bat-


tery. Refer to the information on “Battery:
troubleshooting” in Section 5 or replace the
battery if necessary.
Do not push the vehicle if the steering
column is locked.

The engine will not start. Starting conditions are not fulfilled. Please refer to the information on “Starting,
stopping the engine” in Section 2.

The steering column remains locked. Steering wheel locked. To unlock, gently move the key and the
steering wheel (refer to the information on
the “Ignition switch” in Section 2).

5.36

ENG_UD33487_4
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_5 Anomalies de fonctionnement (X67 - X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

OPERATING FAULTS (2/5)


On the road POSSIBLE CAUSES WHAT TO DO

Vibrations. Tyres not inflated to correct pres- Check the tyre pressures; if this is not the cause, have
sures, incorrectly balanced or their condition checked by an approved dealer.
damaged.

Coolant boiling in the coolant Mechanical fault: cylinder head Stop the engine.
reservoir. gasket damaged, faulty coolant Contact an approved dealer.
pump.

Engine cooling fan not working. Contact an approved dealer.

Smoke under the bonnet. Short circuit or cooling system Stop, switch off the ignition, move away from the vehi-
leak. cle and contact an approved dealer.

The oil pressure warning light


comes on:

on a bend or under braking The engine oil level is too low. Top up the engine oil level (refer to the information on
“Engine oil level: topping up/filling” in Section 4).

at idle speed Low oil pressure. Go to your nearest approved dealer.

The oil pressure warning Loss of oil pressure. Stop the vehicle: contact an approved dealer.
light takes a long time to
go out or remains lit during
acceleration.

5.37

ENG_UD33487_4
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_5 Anomalies de fonctionnement (X67 - X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

OPERATING FAULTS (3/5)


On the road POSSIBLE CAUSES WHAT TO DO

Abnormal white smoke from the ex- Mechanical fault: damaged cylinder Stop the engine.
haust head gasket. Contact an approved dealer.
or

This is not necessarily a fault. Please refer to the information on “Special


Smoke may be caused by features of diesel versions” in Section 2.
regeneration of the particle filter.

The power-assisted steering be- Belt broken. Have the belt replaced.
comes heavy.

No power-assisted steering oil For maintenance operations on the power-


assisted steering, contact an authorised
dealer.

Radiator: If there is a significant lack of coolant, remember that it must never be topped up using cold coolant while
the engine is very warm. After any procedure on the vehicle which has involved even partial draining of the cooling
system, it must be refilled with a new mixture prepared in the correct proportions. Reminder: only products approved
by the Technical Department may be used for this purpose.

5.38

ENG_UD33487_4
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_5 Anomalies de fonctionnement (X67 - X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

OPERATING FAULTS (4/5)


On the road POSSIBLE CAUSES WHAT TO DO

Whistling Roof aerial poorly positioned. Position the aerial.

The engine overheats. The coolant Engine cooling fan not working. Stop the vehicle, switch off the engine and
temperature indicator light comes contact an approved dealer.
on.
Coolant leaks. Stop the vehicle, switch off the engine and
check the coolant reservoir: it should con-
tain fluid. If there is no coolant, consult an
approved dealer as soon as possible.

The oil change warning light remains Warning not reset after oil change. Reset the warning after changing the oil;
lit after an oil change. refer to the information in the paragraph on
the “On-board computer” in Section 1.

Radiator: If there is a significant lack of coolant, remember that it must never be topped up using cold coolant while
the engine is very warm. After any procedure on the vehicle which has involved even partial draining of the cooling
system, it must be refilled with a new mixture prepared in the correct proportions. Reminder: only products approved
by the Technical Department may be used for this purpose.

5.39

ENG_UD33487_4
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_5 Anomalies de fonctionnement (X67 - X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

OPERATING FAULTS (5/5)

Electrical equipment POSSIBLE CAUSES WHAT TO DO

The wipers do not work. Wiper blades stuck. Free the blades before using the wipers.

Faulty electrical circuit. Consult an approved dealer.

The wiper does not stop. Faulty electrical controls. Consult an approved dealer.

Direction indicators flashing more Bulb blown. Replace the bulb.


quickly.

The direction indicators do not work. Faulty electrical circuit. Consult an approved dealer.

The headlights do not switch on or off. Faulty electrical circuit or control. Consult an approved dealer

Traces of condensation in the lights. This is not a fault. Traces of condensa-


tion are a natural phenomenon caused
by variations in temperature.
The traces will disappear slowly once the
lights are switched on.

5.40

ENG_UD33487_4
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_5 Anomalies de fonctionnement (X67 - X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

Section 6: Technical specifications

Vehicle identification plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2


Engine identification plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.3
Engine specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.4
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.5
Weights (in kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.6
Replacement parts and repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.8
Service sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.9
Anti-corrosion check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.15
6.1

ENG_UD38225_8
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_6 Sommaire 6 (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION PLATES

A 1
2
3
4
A 5
10 6
9 7
8

Quote the details given on identifica- 5 GTW (Gross train weight: vehicle
tion plate A on all letters or orders. fully loaded, with trailer).
The presence and location of the in-
formation depends on the vehicle. 6 MPAW (Maximim Permissible
Vehicle identification plate A Weight) for front axle.
1 Manufacturer name.
2 EC design number or approval 7 MPAW on rear axle.
number.
3 Identification number. 8 Reserved for related or additional
4 MAM (Maximum Authorised entries.
Mass).
9 Diesel exhaust emissions.

10 Paint reference (colour code).

6.2

ENG_UD34860_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_6 Plaques identification (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

ENGINE IDENTIFICATION PLATES

A
1 2

3 A
A

The details given on engine plate A


should be included with all correspond-
ence and orders (location varies de-
pending on engine).
1 Engine type
2 Engine suffix
3 Engine number

6.3

ENG_UD38027_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_6 Plaque d\’identification moteur (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS

Versions 1.6 8V 1.6 16V 1.2 TCe 1.5 dCi

Engine type K7M H4M H5Ft K9K


(see engine plate)

Cubic capacity (cc) 1 598 1598 1 197 1.461

The use of unleaded petrol is essential, with the octane rating


Diesel
as stated on the label inside the fuel filler flap.
Type of fuel If not available, for a limited time only, use unleaded fuel: The label located in the
Octane rating fuel filler flap indicates
– with an Octane rating of 91 for a label showing 95 or 98;
the authorised fuels.
– with an octane rating of 87 for a label showing 91, 95 or 98.

Only use spark plugs specified for your vehicle’s engine.


The type should be marked on a label stuck inside the engine
Spark plugs compartment. If it is not then contact your approved Dealer.
Fitting spark plugs other than those specified may damage the
engine.

6.4

ENG_UD38059_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_6 Caractéristiques moteur (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

DIMENSIONS (in metres)

0,822 0,866 1,492


2.810
0.834 (1) 0.877 (1) 2,004
4,498
4.521 (1)

1.702

1,478

(1) depending on the vehicle


6.5

ENG_UD37055_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_6 Dimensions (en mètre) (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

WEIGHTS (in kg) (1/2)


The weights indicated are for a basic vehicle without options: they vary depending on the your vehicle’s equipment.
Consult an approved Dealer

Five-seater versions, left-hand drive vehicles


Maximum permissible all-up weight (MMAC) Weights indicated on the manufacturer’s plate (refer
Maximum permissible all-up weight (MMTA) to Section 6 “Vehicle identification plate”)
Gross Train Weight (MTR)

Braked Trailer Weight* found by calculating: MTR- MMAC

Unbraked Trailer Weight* 580

Permissible nose weight* 75


Maximum permissible load on roof with a carrying
80 (including carrying equipment)
device
* Towing weight (towing a caravan, boat, etc.)
Towing is prohibited when the MTR - MMAC calculation is equal to zero, or when the MTR is equal to zero (or is not listed) on the
identification plate.
– It is important to comply with the towing weights, governed by local legislation in each country and, in particular, laid down in
the Road Traffic Regulations. Contact an approved Dealer about any towing equipment.
– When towing, under no circumstances may the total train weight (vehicle + trailer) be exceeded. However the following is
permitted:
– rear axle MMTA exceeded by no more than 15%,
– maximum MMAC exceeded by no more than 10% or 100 kg (whichever is reached first).
In either case, the maximum speed of the vehicle and trailer must not exceed 60 mph (100 km/h) and the tyre pressures must
be increased by 0.2 bar (3 PSI).
– The engine output and climbing capability are reduced with altitude. We recommend that the maximum load be reduced by
10% at an altitude of 1,000 metres and by an additional 10% for each 1,000 metres thereafter.
Weight transfer on Estate versions (depending on local laws)
If the Maximum Authorised Mass of the vehicle has not been reached, up to 200 kg can be transferred to the braked trailer, within
the limits of the Gross Train Weight.

6.6

ENG_UD37174_5
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_6 Masses (en kg) (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

WEIGHTS (in kg) (2/2)


The weights indicated are for a basic vehicle without options: they vary depending on the your vehicle’s equipment.
Consult an approved dealer.

Seven-seater versions, left-hand drive vehicles


Maximum permissible all-up weight (MMAC) Weights indicated on the manufacturer’s plate (refer
Maximum permissible all-up weight (MMTA) to Section 6 “Vehicle identification plate”)
Gross Train Weight (MTR)

Braked Trailer Weight* found by calculating: MTR- MMAC

Unbraked Trailer Weight* 630

Permissible nose weight* 75


Maximum permissible load on roof with a carrying
80 (including carrying equipment)
device
* Towing weight (towing a caravan, boat, etc.)
Towing is prohibited when the MTR - MMAC calculation is equal to zero, or when the MTR is equal to zero (or is not listed) on the
identification plate.
– It is important to comply with the towing weights, governed by local legislation in each country and, in particular, laid down in
the Road Traffic Regulations. Contact an approved Dealer about any towing equipment.
– When towing, under no circumstances may the total train weight (vehicle + trailer) be exceeded. However the following is
permitted:
– rear axle MMTA exceeded by no more than 15%,
– maximum MMAC exceeded by no more than 10% or 100 kg (whichever is reached first).
In either case, the maximum speed of the vehicle and trailer must not exceed 60 mph (100 km/h) and the tyre pressures must
be increased by 0.2 bar (3 PSI).
– The engine output and climbing capability are reduced with altitude. We recommend that the maximum load be reduced by
10% at an altitude of 1,000 metres and by an additional 10% for each 1,000 metres thereafter.
Weight transfer on Estate versions (depending on local laws)
If the Maximum Authorised Mass of the vehicle has not been reached, up to 200 kg can be transferred to the braked trailer, within
the limits of the Gross Train Weight.

6.7

ENG_UD37174_5
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_6 Masses (en kg) (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

REPLACEMENT PARTS AND REPAIRS


Original parts are based on strict specifications and are subject to highly-specialised tests. Therefore, they are of at least the same
level of quality as the parts fitted originally.
If you always fit genuine replacement parts to your vehicle, you will ensure that it performs well. Furthermore, repairs carried out
within the manufacturer’s Network using original parts are guaranteed according to the conditions set out on the reverse of the
repair order.

6.8

ENG_UD21022_2
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_6 Pi ces de rechange et r parations (X35 - X44 - X45 - H45 - X65 - X77 - X81 - J81 - X85 - X91 - B91 - K91 - D91 - X76 - X83 - X95 - B95 - D95 - E95 - K95 - J95 - R95 -

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

SERVICE SHEETS (1/6)

VIN: ..................................................................................

Date: Miles (Km): Invoice number: Comments/miscellaneous


Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anti-corrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page

Date: Miles (Km): Invoice number: Comments/miscellaneous


Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anti-corrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page

Date: Miles (Km): Invoice number: Comments/miscellaneous


Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anti-corrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page

6.9

ENG_UD25385_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_6 Justificatif d’entretien (X06 - S06 - X35 - X44 - X45 - X65 - X73 - X81 - X84 - X85 - X90 - X70 - X76 - X83 - X61 - X24 - X77 ph2 - X95 - L47 - X33 - X47 - X43 - X38 - H79

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

SERVICE SHEETS (2/6)

VIN: ..................................................................................

Date: Miles (Km): Invoice number: Comments/miscellaneous


Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anti-corrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page

Date: Miles (Km): Invoice number: Comments/miscellaneous


Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anti-corrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page

Date: Miles (Km): Invoice number: Comments/miscellaneous


Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anti-corrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page

6.10

ENG_UD25385_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_6 Justificatif d’entretien (X06 - S06 - X35 - X44 - X45 - X65 - X73 - X81 - X84 - X85 - X90 - X70 - X76 - X83 - X61 - X24 - X77 ph2 - X95 - L47 - X33 - X47 - X43 - X38 - H79

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

SERVICE SHEETS (3/6)

VIN: ..................................................................................

Date: Miles (Km): Invoice number: Comments/miscellaneous


Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anti-corrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page

Date: Miles (Km): Invoice number: Comments/miscellaneous


Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anti-corrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page

Date: Miles (Km): Invoice number: Comments/miscellaneous


Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anti-corrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page

6.11

ENG_UD25385_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_6 Justificatif d’entretien (X06 - S06 - X35 - X44 - X45 - X65 - X73 - X81 - X84 - X85 - X90 - X70 - X76 - X83 - X61 - X24 - X77 ph2 - X95 - L47 - X33 - X47 - X43 - X38 - H79

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

SERVICE SHEETS (4/6)

VIN: ..................................................................................

Date: Miles (Km): Invoice number: Comments/miscellaneous


Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anti-corrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page

Date: Miles (Km): Invoice number: Comments/miscellaneous


Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anti-corrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page

Date: Miles (Km): Invoice number: Comments/miscellaneous


Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anti-corrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page

6.12

ENG_UD25385_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_6 Justificatif d’entretien (X06 - S06 - X35 - X44 - X45 - X65 - X73 - X81 - X84 - X85 - X90 - X70 - X76 - X83 - X61 - X24 - X77 ph2 - X95 - L47 - X33 - X47 - X43 - X38 - H79

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

SERVICE SHEETS (5/6)

VIN: ..................................................................................

Date: Miles (Km): Invoice number: Comments/miscellaneous


Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anti-corrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page

Date: Miles (Km): Invoice number: Comments/miscellaneous


Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anti-corrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page

Date: Miles (Km): Invoice number: Comments/miscellaneous


Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anti-corrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page

6.13

ENG_UD25385_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_6 Justificatif d’entretien (X06 - S06 - X35 - X44 - X45 - X65 - X73 - X81 - X84 - X85 - X90 - X70 - X76 - X83 - X61 - X24 - X77 ph2 - X95 - L47 - X33 - X47 - X43 - X38 - H79

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

SERVICE SHEETS (6/6)

VIN: ..................................................................................

Date: Miles (Km): Invoice number: Comments/miscellaneous


Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anti-corrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page

Date: Miles (Km): Invoice number: Comments/miscellaneous


Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anti-corrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page

Date: Miles (Km): Invoice number: Comments/miscellaneous


Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anti-corrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page

6.14

ENG_UD25385_3
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_6 Justificatif d’entretien (X06 - S06 - X35 - X44 - X45 - X65 - X73 - X81 - X84 - X85 - X90 - X70 - X76 - X83 - X61 - X24 - X77 ph2 - X95 - L47 - X33 - X47 - X43 - X38 - H79

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

ANTICORROSION CHECK (1/6)


If the continuation of the warranty is subject to repair, it is indicated below.

VIN: ..........................................................

Corrosion repair operation to be carried Stamp


out:

Date of repair:

Repair to be carried out: Stamp

Date of repair:

Repair to be carried out: Stamp

Date of repair:

6.15

ENG_UD10976_1
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_6 Contrôle anticorrosion (1/6) (X84 - X85 - X95 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

ANTICORROSION CHECK (2/6)


If the continuation of the warranty is subject to repair, it is indicated below.

VIN: ..........................................................

Corrosion repair operation to be carried Stamp


out:

Date of repair:

Repair to be carried out: Stamp

Date of repair:

Repair to be carried out: Stamp

Date of repair:

6.16

ENG_UD10976_1
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_6 Contrôle anticorrosion (1/6) (X84 - X85 - X95 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

ANTICORROSION CHECK (3/6)


If the continuation of the warranty is subject to repair, it is indicated below.

VIN: ..........................................................

Corrosion repair operation to be carried Stamp


out:

Date of repair:

Repair to be carried out: Stamp

Date of repair:

Repair to be carried out: Stamp

Date of repair:

6.17

ENG_UD10976_1
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_6 Contrôle anticorrosion (1/6) (X84 - X85 - X95 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

ANTICORROSION CHECK (4/6)


If the continuation of the warranty is subject to repair, it is indicated below.

VIN: ..........................................................

Corrosion repair operation to be carried Stamp


out:

Date of repair:

Repair to be carried out: Stamp

Date of repair:

Repair to be carried out: Stamp

Date of repair:

6.18

ENG_UD10976_1
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_6 Contrôle anticorrosion (1/6) (X84 - X85 - X95 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

ANTICORROSION CHECK (5/6)


If the continuation of the warranty is subject to repair, it is indicated below.

VIN: ..........................................................

Corrosion repair operation to be carried Stamp


out:

Date of repair:

Repair to be carried out: Stamp

Date of repair:

Repair to be carried out: Stamp

Date of repair:

6.19

ENG_UD10976_1
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_6 Contrôle anticorrosion (1/6) (X84 - X85 - X95 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

ANTICORROSION CHECK (6/6)


If the continuation of the warranty is subject to repair, it is indicated below.

VIN: ..........................................................

Corrosion repair operation to be carried Stamp


out:

Date of repair:

Repair to be carried out: Stamp

Date of repair:

Repair to be carried out: Stamp

Date of repair:

6.20

ENG_UD10976_1
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_6 Contrôle anticorrosion (1/6) (X84 - X85 - X95 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

ALPHABETICAL INDEX (1/5)


A changing fuel while driving ....................................2.10 → 2.12
ABS .......................................................................2.24 → 2.26 changing gear ...............................................2.22, 2.38 → 2.40
accessories........................................................................ 5.35 child booster seat ..................................................1.23 → 1.25
accessories socket ................................................. 3.17 – 3.18 child restraint/seat .................................................1.23 → 1.38
additional methods of restraint .......................................... 1.22 child safety........................................1.2, 1.4, 1.9, 1.23 → 1.38
adjusting your driving position ...........1.12 → 1.16, 3.19 – 3.20 child seats..............................................................1.23 → 1.35
advice on antipollution ....................................................... 2.17 cigar lighter ............................................................. 3.17 – 3.18
air bag....................................................................1.17 → 1.22 cleaning:
activating the front passenger air bags ........................ 1.38 inside the vehicle .............................................. 4.16 – 4.17
deactivating the front passenger air bags .................... 1.36 clock .................................................................................. 1.54
air conditioning ..........................................................3.4 → 3.7 closing the doors ........................................................ 1.8 – 1.9
air vents ...................................................................... 3.2 – 3.3 control instruments .......................... 1.42 → 1.48, 1.54 → 1.56
anti-corrosion check ..............................................6.15 → 6.20 courtesy light ..................................................................... 3.11
anti-corrosion protection .................................................... 4.14 cruise control .........................................................2.30 → 2.33
anti-lock braking system: ABS ...............................2.24 → 2.26 cruise control-speed limiter....................................2.27 → 2.33
antipollution
advice .......................................................................... 2.17 D
ashtrays .................................................................. 3.17 – 3.18 dashboard............................................................... 1.40 – 1.41
automatic gearbox (use) ........................................2.38 → 2.40 de-icing
automatic gearbox selector lever...........................2.38 → 2.40 rear screen ................................................................... 1.60
demisting
B windscreen ..................................................................... 3.6
battery..................................................................... 4.10 – 4.11 dimensions .......................................................................... 6.5
troubleshooting ................................................. 5.29 – 5.30 dipstick.......................................................................4.4 → 4.6
battery (remote control) ..................................................... 5.28 display .................................................................... 1.47 – 1.48
bonnet......................................................................... 4.2 – 4.3 doors..........................................................................1.5 → 1.9
brake fluid ............................................................................ 4.7 driver’s position ...................................................... 1.40 – 1.41
bulbs driving ............. 2.2 – 2.4, 2.8 – 2.9, 2.13 → 2.16, 2.23 → 2.35,
changing ..........................................................5.17 → 5.21 2.38 → 2.40
driving recommendations ......................................2.13 → 2.16
C
capacity of mechanical components.................................... 4.4 E
catalytic converter................................................................ 2.8 ECO driving ...........................................................2.13 → 2.16
central door locking ............................................. 1.5 – 1.6, 1.8 electric door locking .................................................... 1.5 – 1.6
changing a bulb .....................................................5.17 → 5.21 electric windows ......................................................3.8 → 3.10
changing a wheel.................................................... 5.12 – 5.13 emergency brake assist..................................................... 2.26
7.1

FRA_UD38226_8
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_7 Index (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

ALPHABETICAL INDEX (2/5)


emergency braking ................................................2.24 → 2.26 fuel priming bulb ................................................................ 1.65
emergency spare wheel ........................5.3 – 5.4, 5.14 → 5.16 fuel tank .................................................................1.61 → 1.65
engine fuel tank capacity ............................................................... 1.61
technical specifications .................................................. 6.4 fuses ......................................................................5.24 → 5.27
engine coolant ..................................................................... 4.8
engine immobiliser (switch) ................................................. 2.2 G
engine oil ...................................................................4.4 → 4.6 gear lever........................................................................... 2.22
engine oil level ............................................................ 4.5 – 4.6 glove box ........................................................................... 3.13
engine specifications ........................................................... 6.4 grab handle........................................................................ 3.12
engine standby ..........................................................2.5 → 2.7
environment ....................................................................... 2.18 H
ESC: electronic stability control .............................2.24 → 2.26 handbrake.......................................................................... 2.23
hands-free telephone integrated control ............................ 3.37
F hazard warning lights signal .............................................. 1.58
faults headlight beam adjustment ............................................... 1.57
operating faults ................................................5.36 → 5.40 headlight flashers .............................................................. 1.58
filter headrest......................................................... 1.10, 3.19 – 3.20
diesel filter .................................................................... 1.65 heated seats ...................................................................... 1.11
particle filter ................................................................... 2.9 heating and air conditioning system ..........................3.2 → 3.7
fitting a radio ...................................................................... 5.34 heating system ..........................................................3.2 → 3.7
fittings ....................................................................3.13 → 3.16 horn ................................................................................... 1.58
fog lights ............................................................................ 1.56 hubcap tool .......................................................................... 5.2
front passenger air bag deactivation ................................. 1.36
front seat adjustment ......................................................... 1.11 I
front seats .......................................................................... 1.11 ignition switch ...................................................................... 2.2
adjustment ................................................................... 1.11 indicators .................................................................. 1.58, 5.17
fuel indicators:
advice on fuel economy ...................................2.13 → 2.16 direction indicators ....................................................... 1.58
consumption ....................................................2.13 → 2.16 instrument panel ............................................... 1.47 – 1.48
filling ............................................................................. 1.62 instrument panel ....................................................1.42 → 1.53
grade ..................................................................... 1.61, 6.4 instrument panel messages...................................1.49 → 1.53
fuel consumption ...................................................2.13 → 2.16 interior trim
fuel economy .........................................................2.13 → 2.16 maintenance ..................................................... 4.16 – 4.17
fuel filler cap ...................................................................... 1.61 Isofix ......................................................................1.26 → 1.35
fuel grade........................................................................... 1.61
fuel level ............................................................................ 1.48
7.2

FRA_UD38226_8
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_7 Index (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

ALPHABETICAL INDEX (3/5)


J interior trim ........................................................ 4.16 – 4.17
jack .................................................................. 5.2, 5.12 – 5.13 mechanical ................................ 4.4, 4.7 → 4.9, 6.9 → 6.14
map reading lights ............................................................. 3.11
K methods of restraint in addition to the front seat belts ..............
keys ...........................................................................1.2 → 1.4 1.17 → 1.20
methods of restraint in addition to the seat belts ...1.17 → 1.22
L mirrors ............................................................................... 3.12
levels ..................................................................4.4, 4.7 → 4.9 multimedia equipment ....................................................... 3.37
lifting the vehicle
changing a wheel .............................................. 5.12 – 5.13 N
lighting: navigation .......................................................................... 3.37
exterior .........................................1.55 – 1.56, 5.17 → 5.21 navigation system .............................................................. 3.37
interior ...................................................... 3.11, 5.22 – 5.23
lights ......................................................................1.55 → 1.57 O
additional ..................................................................... 5.18 oil change ............................................................................ 4.6
adjustment ................................................................... 1.57 opening the doors ....................................................... 1.8 – 1.9
lights: operating faults ......................................................5.36 → 5.40
adjusting ...................................................................... 1.57
brake lights ....................................................... 5.19 – 5.20 P
dipped beam headlights ...................................... 1.55, 5.17 paintwork
direction indicators .............................................. 1.58, 5.17 maintenance ..................................................... 4.14 – 4.15
fog lights ............................................................. 1.56, 5.18 reference ........................................................................ 6.2
hazard warning ............................................................ 1.58 parking distance control.........................................2.34 → 2.37
main beam headlights ......................................... 1.55, 5.17 power-assisted steering.............................................. 2.23, 4.9
reversing lights .................................................... 5.19, 5.21 power-assisted steering pump............................................. 4.9
side lights ............................................................ 1.55, 5.17 practical advice .........................1.65, 5.17 – 5.18, 5.36 → 5.40
load permitted on the roof........................................... 6.6 – 6.7 pretensioners ..................................................................... 1.17
locking the doors .......................................................... 1.4, 1.8 puncture.................................................. 5.3 – 5.4, 5.12 – 5.13
LPG ............. 1.23, 1.63 – 1.64, 2.3, 2.10 → 2.12, 5.24 → 5.27
luggage compartment cover .............................................. 3.35 R
luggage retaining net ......................................................... 3.34 radio................................................................................... 3.37
fitting a radio ................................................................ 5.34
M radio frequency remote control/key
maintenance ...................................................................... 2.17 use .......................................................................... 1.2, 1.4
maintenance: rear bench seat......................................................3.21 → 3.26
bodywork .......................................................... 4.14 – 4.15

7.3

FRA_UD38226_8
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_7 Index (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

ALPHABETICAL INDEX (4/5)


rear seats storage compartments ..................................3.13 → 3.16, 3.31
functions ..........................................................3.21 → 3.26 sun visor ............................................................................ 3.12
rear view camera .................................................... 2.36 – 2.37
rear view mirrors ................................................................ 1.39 T
remote control door locking tailgate .................................................................... 3.30 – 3.31
batteries ....................................................................... 5.28 tanks and reservoirs
remote control door locking unit ................................. 1.2 – 1.3 brake fluid ...................................................................... 4.7
remote control electric door locking ..................................... 1.4 coolant ........................................................................... 4.8
RENAULT ANTI-INTRUDER DEVICE (RAID) ..................... 1.7 tanks and reservoirs:
replacement parts ................................................................ 6.8 windscreen washer ........................................................ 4.8
reverse gear technical specifications .......................................... 6.2, 6.4, 6.8
selecting ....................................................................... 2.22 telephone ........................................................................... 3.37
reversing sensor ..................................................... 2.34 – 2.35 towing ......................................................................... 6.6 – 6.7
roof bars ............................................................................ 3.36 breakdown ........................................................ 5.32 – 5.33
running in ............................................................................. 2.2 towing equipment ......................................................... 3.33
towing a caravan ........................................................ 6.6 – 6.7
S towing hitch...................................................... 5.2, 5.32 – 5.33
seat belts ...............................................................1.12 → 1.22 towing rings ................................................... 1.26 – 1.27, 3.32
service sheets..........................................................6.9 → 6.14 towing weights ............................................................ 6.6 – 6.7
side indicator lights traction control .......................................................2.24 → 2.26
changing bulbs ............................................................. 5.21 transporting children ..............................................1.23 → 1.38
side protection devices ...................................................... 1.21 transporting objects
signals and lights .................................................... 1.55 – 1.56 in the luggage compartment ........................................ 3.32
speakers trims ................................................................................... 5.11
location ........................................................................ 5.34 trip computer and warning system.........................1.49 → 1.53
special features of diesel versions....................................... 2.9 tyre inflation kit.........................................................5.5 → 5.10
special features of LPG versions ...........................2.10 → 2.12 tyre pressure.............................2.19 → 2.21, 4.12 – 4.13, 5.15
special features of petrol vehicles ....................................... 2.8 tyre pressure loss warning.....................................2.19 → 2.21
speed limiter ..........................................................2.27 → 2.29 tyre pressures ......................................................... 4.12 – 4.13
starting .......................................................................2.2 → 2.4 tyres ............................. 2.19 → 2.21, 4.12 – 4.13, 5.14 → 5.16
starting the engine .....................................................2.3 → 2.7
steering wheel V
adjustment ................................................................... 1.54 vehicle identification ............................................................ 6.2
Stop & Start ...............................................................2.5 → 2.7 vehicle identification plates ......................................... 6.2 – 6.3
Stop & Start function..................................................2.5 → 2.7 ventilation
storage compartment.............................................3.13 → 3.16 heating and air conditioning system ....................3.4 → 3.7
7.4

FRA_UD38226_8
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_7 Index (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

ALPHABETICAL INDEX (5/5)


W
warning buzzer .................................................. 1.8 – 1.9, 1.55
warning lights................................... 1.42 → 1.46, 1.49 → 1.53
washing .................................................................. 4.14 – 4.15
weights ....................................................................... 6.6 – 6.7
wheelbrace .......................................................................... 5.2
windows ...................................................................3.8 → 3.10
windscreen washer .......................................... 1.59 – 1.60, 4.8
wiper blades ...................................................................... 5.31
wipers ............................................................ 1.59 – 1.60, 5.31
blades .......................................................................... 5.31

7.5

FRA_UD38226_8
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_7 Index (X92 - Renault)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Jaune Noir Noir texte

7.6

ENG_UD37596_7
ENG_NU_975-8_X92_Dacia_7 Filler NU (X06 - C06 - S06 - X35 - L35 - X44 - C44 - G44 - X45 - H45 - X65 - L65 - S65 - X73 - B73 - X74 - B74 - K74 - X77 - J77 - F77 - R77 - X81 - J81 - X84 - B84 - C84

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


RENAULT
RENAULTNEW
NEWVEHICLE
VEHICLEWARRANTY
WARRANTY
Terms
Terms&&Conditions
Conditions

INDIA
INDIA
1 1 Warning:
Warning:Your
Your RENAULT
RENAULT vehicle
vehicle is manufactured
is manufactured to the
to meet meet the regulations
regulations and environmental
and environmental requirements
requirements of the
of the country
country
where where
such such RENAULT
RENAULT vehicle is vehicle is originally
originally sold. you
sold. In case In case you itrelocate
relocate it to country,
to another another country,
it may beit very
may be very to
difficult difficult
maketo
make modifications
modifications to comply towith
comply with the regulations
the regulations and environmental
and environmental requirements
requirements of thatand
of that country country
it mayand
be itdifficult
may be to difficult
performto
perform
repair repair
service in service in thatPlease
that country. country.note
Please
thatnote that a RENAULT
a RENAULT vehicle vehicle
relocated relocated to another
to another countrycountry
is not is not covered
covered by theby
the warranty.
warranty.

2 2 The
TheRENAULT
RENAULTNew
NewVehicle
VehicleWarranty:
Warranty
2.1
2.1 Duration of Manufacturer’s New
Duration New Vehicle
Vehicle Warranty:
Warranty:Vehicles
Vehiclesin inthethe
Renault range,
Renault delivered
range, as new
delivered as
fromfrom
new 1 May
1 2011 to theto
May 2011 Customer by the by
the Customer authorized RENAULT
the authorized DEALER,
RENAULT are warranted
DEALER, against any
are warranted material,
against assembly
any material,
or manufacturing
assembly defects bydefects
or manufacturing the Manufacturer New Vehicle
by the Manufacturer NewWarranty for a duration
Vehicle Warranty for a of 2 yearsofor2 50,000
duration years orkilometers
50,000
(whichever is earlier), starting from the delivery date shown in the Warranty and Maintenance Sheet issued
kilometers (whichever is earlier), starting from the delivery date shown in the Warranty and Maintenance Sheet issued to the
to the Customer
Customer upon upon delivery
delivery of theof the vehicle.
vehicle. Transfer
Transfer of ownership
of ownership does
does not notthe
alter alter the warranty
warranty periodperiod of a vehicle.
of a vehicle.

2.2 Geographical coverage:


2.2.1 This warranty covers any new vehicle sold within geographical boundaries of INDIA.
2.2.2 If the vehicle is to be driven and, more importantly, registered outside the geographical area defined above,
such vehicle will not be covered under the current warranty as stated herein.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


3 Field of application:
3.1 The Customer is covered for: free repair (parts, consumables and labour) of any material or assembly
defect duly found in the vehicle, at their own request, as well as any repairs on damage caused by this defect to other
vehicle parts. It is the RENAULT authorized workshop’s discretion to decide whether it is appropriate to repair or
replace the defective part, whilst keeping the Customer informed,
3.2 24/7 assistance services as defined in the “Renault Assistance” section under clause 6.
3.3 Original equipment battery: The warranty term for original equipment is for a period of 2 years or 50,000 KMs, whichever
is earlier, starting from date of delivery of vehicle. However, for a Pulse, Scala & Duster the warranty term shall be as
follows:
3.3.1 For a defective battery within the first 12 months from the delivery date, Renault will replace it free of charge; and
3.3.2 For a defective battery after 12 months but within 24 months from the delivery date, Renault will reimburse only
50% of the cost of new battery.
3.4 Original equipment tire: The warranty term for tire is covered by respective tire manufacturer, as per their warranty
terms and conditions. However, Renault dealers shall provide assistance for dealing with tire defects with respective
tire manufacturer.

4 The RENAULT New Vehicle Warranty does not cover and Renault India Private Limited
(RIPL) and / or RENAULT authorized workshop shall not be responsible for the following:
4.1 Normal maintenance services other than the three free services, including without limitation, cleaning and polishing,
minor adjustments, engine tuning, oil/fluid changes, filters replenishment, fastener retightening, wheel balancing,
wheel alignment and tyre rotation etc.
4.2 the indirect and remote consequences of any fault (loss of operation, duration of immobilization, etc.);
4.3 vehicle components which have undergone conversion work, and/or specification and design changes and the
consequences (deterioration, premature wear and tear, alterations, etc.) of the conversion work on other vehicle parts
or components, or on its specifications;
4.4 the costs incurred by the Customer for routine maintenance

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


4.5 replacement of parts due to wear and tear resulting from use of the vehicle or from its mileage including but not
limited to clutch, shocker absorbers, wiper blades, brake drum, brake disk, brake pads, brake shoe, lamp, plugs,
belts, linings, bulbs, fuses, parts made of rubber, etc.
4.6 damage or failure resulting due to the following causes:
4.6.1 poor vehicle maintenance, in particular if the instructions for the treatment, the frequency of maintenance
or care to be applied to the vehicle set out in the Maintenance Service Booklet and the Driver’s Handbook
have not been observed;
4.6.2 due to lack of use / operation of vehicle over prolonged period[s];
4.6.3 misuse, abuse, negligence, improper driving habits, theft etc. of the vehicle;
4.6.4 damage from stress, like use of vehicles in races, rallies or as taxis.
4.6.5 use of parts other than Renault Genuine Parts.
4.6.6 any device and/or accessories not supplied by RIPL.
4.6.7 modifications, alterations, tampering or improper repair.
4.6.8 parts used in applications of which they were not designed or not approved by RIPL.
4.6.9 slight irregularities not recognized as affecting quality or function of the vehicle or parts, such as slight noise
or vibrations, or items considered characteristic of the vehicle.

4.7 damage caused by the following external causes:


4.7.1 accidents, impacts, scratches, scoring, projection of gravel or solid bodies, hail, acts of vandalism;
4.7.2 failure to observe the Manufacturer recommendations;
4.7.3 deposits due to atmospheric pollution, plant-based deposits such as resin, animal-based deposits such as
bird droppings, chemical deposits;
4.7.4 transportation of the vehicle;
4.7.5 using an adulterated/ incorrect fuel;
4.7.6 fitting accessories not approved by the Manufacturer;
4.7.7 fitting accessories approved by the Manufacturer, but installed without observing the recommendations
defined by the Manufacturer;

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


4.7.8 damage due to airborne fallout, industrial fall out, acid rain, hail and wind storms, or other force majeure
events like lightning, fire, floods, earthquakes, war, riots, attacks etc.;
4.7.9 damage caused due to hydro-static lock.
4.7.10 Paint scratches, dents or similar paint or body damage.

4.8 Incidental or consequential damages, including without limitation, loss of time, inconvenience, loss of use of vehicle
or commercial loss.

5 How does the RENAULT New Vehicle Warranty work?


5.1 To be eligible for the RENAULT New Vehicle Warranty, the Customer must:
5.1.1 check that the Warranty and Services Booklet does contain the delivery date of the vehicle - their warranty
entitlement is dependent on this;
5.1.2 contact any member of the RENAULT authorized workshop – only such members have authorization for
operations of this sort;
5.1.3 show the duly completed Warranty and Maintenance Sheet , as proof of entitlement to the warranty and that
the maintenance operations recommended by the Manufacturer have been carried out;
5.1.4 have the defect covered by the RENAULT New Vehicle Warranty confirmed as soon as possible, by a
Renault authorized workshop in writing. If the vehicle is unroadworthy, the Customer must contact the
nearest RENAULT authorized workshop member or Renault Assistance.

5.2 The RENAULT New Vehicle Warranty does not apply, and RIPL and RENAULT
authorized workshop members are exempt from all liabilities, if:
5.2.1 the vehicle has been driven under conditions not in accordance with those stated in the Driver’s Handbook,
the Warranty and Maintenance Sheet (example: vehicle overloaded or taking part in any type of sports
competition, etc.);

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


5.2.2 the defect observed is due to the Customer having had the vehicle repaired or serviced in a workshop outside
the RENAULT authorized network and not observing the manufacturer’s recommendations on the subject.
5.3 By way of consideration for the parts supplied by RIPL under the RENAULT New Vehicle Warranty, parts replaced
under this warranty legally become the property of RIPL.
5.4 All operations, parts and labour, carried out under the RENAULT New Vehicle Warranty are guaranteed until the new
vehicle warranty expires.
5.5 Transferring ownership of the vehicle does not alter the application conditions of the RENAULT New Vehicle Warranty.

6 RENAULT Assistance
6.1 Renault Assistance: Renault Assistance is a special assistance program provided by RIPL to the
Customers, who have purchased Renault vehicles.
6.2 Eligible parties: The Customer, or the authorised driver, and all passengers accompanying this driver (limited in
number to the number of vehicle seats stated on the certificate of vehicle registration) will be eligible for assistance
under the conditions defined below.
6.3 Intervening cause: The vehicle is immobilized by a breakdown resulting from an unforeseen mechanical,
electrical or electronic fault, covered by the Manufacturer’s New Vehicle Warranty.

6.4 Assistance service provider


6.4.1 The Assistance services are exclusively provided by Renault Assistance.
6.4.2 RIPL, Renault Dealers and Renault authorized workshops shall not be liable to reimburse the Customer
for the expenses/ cost of repair or replacement of any parts or any labor charges or any other expenses
incidental or ancillary thereto, if the Customer does not avail the services of Renault Assistance as detailed
herein.
6.4.3 Before calling Renault Assistance, the Customer should make a note of the following information so that the
breakdown can be dealt with as efficiently as possible:

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


6.4.3.1 Precise location of the breakdown: road and number, motorway and milepost, visible
landmarks, etc.
6.4.3.2 Vehicle identification: identification number (refer to sticker located on rear left side door quarter
glass.) stated in the Warranty and Maintenance Sheet, vehicle registration number, engine type.
6.4.3.3 Telephone number on which the Customer can be reached.
6.4.4 On receiving the call from the Customer, and depending on the circumstances,
Renault Assistance shall arrange and cover the costs of the services defined
below:
6.4.4.1 The Customer will not be liable to pay any costs in advance, excluding any costs for connecting
journeys and, taking into account current regulations, any towing costs in the event that the vehicle is
towed on a motorway or similar highway. In this case, the Customer must advise Renault Assistance
as soon as they exit the motorway or similar highway.

6.5 WARNING: Renault Assistance will not be liable for any costs accrued by the Customer without prior written
consent from Renault.

6.6 Roadside repair: Where possible, Renault Assistance shall repair the vehicle at the roadside as soon as
possible. If the vehicle cannot be repaired at the roadside and the vehicle must be towed, the driver and their
passengers, as defined in the “Eligible parties” section, will be eligible for the following services:
6.6.1 Towing: The vehicle will be towed to the nearest RENAULT authorized workshop, or failing that, to the
nearest garage where the repair can be carried out.
6.6.2 Cab Assistance: If customer vehicle is recovered to a dealer by Renault Assistance, the driver and
passengers will be provided with one free cab ride, only up to 50 Kms., from the breakdown location, to facilitate
them to continue their onward journey. Cost of travel beyond 50 Kms., from the breakdown location, and for any
other expenses incurred by the Customer, shall be paid by the Customer and RIPL shall not be responsible or
liable for it.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


6.7 Renault assistance will be available in India except the following geographical
areas: Arunachal Pradesh, Meghalaya, Manipur, Mizoram, Nagaland, Sikkim, Tripura, J&K, Andaman & Nicobar
Islands and Lakshadweep.

7 The RENAULT Anticorrosion Warranty


7.1 Duration of the Anticorrosion Warranty: This warranty will apply from the delivery date given on the
Warranty and Maintenance Sheet for a period of 2 years or 50,000 KMs (whichever is earlier), for PULSE, SCALA &
DUSTER and 5 years or 100,000 KMs (whichever is earlier), for KOLEOS & FLUENCE.
7.2 Geographical coverage: The geographical coverage of the Anticorrosion Warranty is identical to that for the
RENAULT New Vehicle Warranty.
7.3 Anticorrosion Warranty field of application
7.3.1 In addition to the RENAULT New Vehicle Warranty, RENAULT guarantees the bodywork and sub frame of all
RENAULT vehicles in the Schedule I from perforation from the interior, due to steel panel corrosion caused
by a manufacturing, material or protective product application defect.
7.3.2 This guarantee covers the repair or replacement of components with perforated steel panel work due to a
manufacturing, material or protective product application defect, acknowledged by the Manufacturer.
7.3.3 It is RENAULT workshop’s discretion to decide whether it is appropriate to repair or replace these components,
and to inform the Customer.
7.4 The Renault Anticorrosion Warranty does not cover:
7.4.1 any damage which is not covered by the RENAULT New Vehicle Warranty, as defined at the start of this
booklet;
7.4.2 mechanical components which are not an integral part of the bodywork or sub-frame (wheel rims, exhaust
system, etc.).

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


7.5 Anticorrosion Warranty conditions of application

7.5.1 To obtain the Anticorrosion Warranty, the Customer must contact any member of the RENAULT authorized
workshop network - only such members have authorization for operations of this sort.
7.5.2 The Customer shall show the duly completed (delivery date and validation of anticorrosion test coupons) the
Warranty and Maintenance Sheet as proof of their warranty entitlement.
7.5.3 Application of the RENAULT Anticorrosion Warranty is subject to the anticorrosion tests on the bodywork and
sub-frame. Customer shall ensure that these tests are conducted at the mileage intervals stated in the Warranty
and Maintenance Sheet, and at least once every two years. Scheduled maintenance services in the RENAULT
authorized workshop network incorporate these tests.
7.5.4 If the Customer requests to have the anticorrosion test conducted independently of the scheduled maintenance
service, the same will be carried out at extra cost to the Customer.
7.5.5 During these tests the Customer shall make sure that the professional carrying out the operation correctly
completes the bodywork and sub frame test coupon, in order to validate the continuation of the Anticorrosion
Warranty.
7.5.6 Repairs on any deterioration must be made as soon as possible.
7.5.7 The application of the RENAULT Anticorrosion Warranty is also subject to bodywork and sub-frame repairs
being carried out in accordance with RENAULT recommendations.
7.5.8 The repair or replacement of components under the conditions described in the “field of application” paragraph
shall take into account the general condition of the vehicle with regard to its age, mileage and maintenance
level.
7.5.9 Parts replaced under the Anticorrosion Warranty legally become the property of RENAULT.
7.5.10 Repairs and components fitted under the Anticorrosion Warranty are guaranteed until the end of the term of the
original Anticorrosion Warranty.
7.5.11 Transferring ownership of the vehicle does not alter the application conditions of the Anticorrosion Warranty.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


8 The RENAULT Paintwork Warranty
8.1 Duration of the Paintwork Warranty: RENAULT guarantees the bodywork paintwork and painted parts
paintwork (door mirrors, bumpers) for 2 years or 50,000 kilometers (whichever is earlier) from the delivery date of the
new vehicle, for vehicles in the RENAULT range.
8.2 Geographical coverage: The geographical coverage of the Paintwork Warranty is identical to that for the
RENAULT New Vehicle Warranty.
8.3 Paintwork Warranty field of application:
8.3.1 This warranty covers the free repair or replacement of components with paintwork defects (deterioration of
lacquer or finishing varnish, due to any material, manufacturing or application defect) acknowledged by the
Manufacturer, with the RENAULT authorized workshop carrying out the operation, keeping the Customer
informed.
8.3.2 This repair shall take into account the general condition of the vehicle with regard to its age, mileage and
maintenance level.

8.4 The RENAULT Paintwork Warranty does not cover:


8.4.1 any damage which is not covered by The RENAULT New Vehicle Warranty, as defined at the start of this
booklet;
8.4.2 damage due to force majeure events: lightning, fire, floods, earthquakes, war, riots and attacks;
8.4.3 mechanical components which are not an integral part of the bodywork or sub-frame (wheel rims, exhaust
system, etc.).
8.4.4 damage due to action of road elements (sand, gravel, dust or road debris) which results in stone chipping of
paint or glass.

8.5 Paintwork Warranty conditions of application


8.5.1 To obtain the Paintwork Warranty, the Customer must contact any member of the RENAULT authorized
network - only such members have authorization for operations of this sort.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


8.5.2 The Customer shall show the duly completed (delivery date) Warranty and Maintenance Sheet as proof of
their entitlement to the warranty.
8.5.3 By way of consideration for the parts supplied by RENAULT under the Paintwork Warranty, parts replaced
under this warranty legally become the property of RENAULT.
8.5.4 Repairs and components fitted under the Paintwork Warranty are guaranteed until the end of the term of the
original Paintwork Warranty.
8.5.5 Transferring ownership of the vehicle does not alter the application conditions of the Paintwork Warranty

8.6 This warranty is the entire warranty given by RIPL and no dealer or its or his agent or employee is authorized to
extend or enlarge this warranty and no dealer or its or his agent or employee is authorized to make any oral warranty
on RIPL’s behalf.
8.7 RIPL reserves the right to make any change in design or make any improvement on the vehicle at any time without
any obligation to make the same change on vehicles previously sold.
8.8 Warranty service shall be provided only by RIPL’s authorized dealers and Dealer Service Branch.
8.9 RIPL’s decision is final and binding on the Owner of the vehicle in all warranty matters. RIPL reserves the right for the
final decision on all warranty matters.

9 All disputes arising out of this Warranty will be subject to the jurisdiction of Courts in Chennai only.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


SCHEDULE I

Vehicles Covered under the Renault New Vehicle Warranty

1. Renault - Fluence
2. Renault - Koleos
3. Renault - Pulse
4. Renault - Duster
5. Renault - Scala

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


MAINTENANCE APPENDIX
INFORMATION ON
INFORMATION ON THE
THE MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE PROGRAMME
PROGRAMME
The maintenance program includes the RENAULT service and additional operations. To maintain the original quality of your
RENAULT in terms of safety, comfort and performance, you must observe the maintenance program for your vehicle.

RENAULT SERVICE
RENAULT SERVICE
The RENAULT service applies to all RENAULT vehicles and always includes oil change, oil filter replacement, checks, top-ups
and a check of your vehicle’s electronic system. The RENAULT service is carried out at the service intervals specified in the
maintenance program for your vehicle.

In addition to the service/oil change intervals set by RENAULT, the oil level should still be checked regularly. Your RENAULT
dealer is at your disposal to carry out this operation and check other levels, safety parts and for any wear.

ADDITIONALOPERATIONS
ADDITIONAL OPERATIONS
The additional operations are customized to your vehicle: specific parts or fluids (in addition to the RENAULT service) will need to
be replaced in accordance with the service intervals specified in the maintenance program for your vehicle. RENAULT reserves
the right to modify its maintenance program at any time during the vehicle’s life, within the framework of its vehicle development
policy.

CERTAIN CONDITIONS
CERTAIN CONDITIONS OF
OF USE
USE
RENAULT recommends that the frequency for replacing specific parts and fluids affected by certain conditions of use should be
adapted accordingly.

Hereunder, the list of certain conditions of use and related new replacement frequency (replacement frequency means “when first
of the two terms is reached”).

A) - At least 50% of journeys at an average speed less than 30 Km/h or with the engine running at idle speed (mainly urban
use, taxis, driving school, door-to-door driving, etc),

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


- At least 30% of kilometers covered towing a trailer weighting more than 500 Kg,

- Driving in a dusty environment (building site, more than 1000 Km of trails per year,
Operations
Operations Frequency
Frequency
Change engine oil, oil filter, air filter, fuel filter, cabin filter, belts Halve the kilometer frequency for recommended
and rollers
Change (accessory
engine oil, and timing)
oil filter,
(1) (2)
air filter, Halvereplacement in normal conditions of use,
For the following certain condition offuel
use:filter,(1)cabin the kilometer frequency for recommended
filter, belts and rollers (accessory and timing) (2)
replacement in normal conditions
At least 50% of journeys with the engine running at idle speed, halve, as well, the time frequency replacement of use, for
oil and oil filter.
For the following certain condition of use:
At least 50% of journeys with the engine running at idle speed, halve, as well, the time frequency replacement
for oil and oil filiter.

(1) The certain condition of use “driving in a dusty environment” does not modify the replacement frequency for belts
(accessories and timing) as recommended replacement in normal condition of use.

(2) The damper pulleys for certain engines must be replaced during this operation. For more information, please
consult your Renault representative.

B) – Use of engine oil* (for petrol and diesel engines without particles filter), which don’t correspond to
RENAULT recommendations, (check maintenance pages),
– Prolonged use (+ 5000 Km / year) in temperatures bellow -15°C,

– Use of fuels that don’t correspond to RENAULT recommendations, (See User Manual booklet).
* For diesel engines with Particles Filter, the use of an other engine oil than the one recommended by RENAULT
may damage the Particles Filter
Operations Frequency
Operation Frequency
Halve
Halve the kilometer frequency the kilometer frequency for recommended
for recommended
Change
Change engine oil, oilengine
filter oil, oil filter replacement
replacement in normal conditions of use, in normal conditions of use,

C) – Four wheels drive vehicles (4WD): Prolonged use in rough driving conditions (trails, heavy rains…), in very

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


very humid areas or regular driving in water or mud,

Operations Operation Frequency Frequency


Change rear axle oil (4WD)
Every other engine oil change
Oil Change rear axle
specification: oil (4WD)UNIVERSAL FE 80W90
TRANSELF
Oil specification: TRANSELF Every other engine oil change
UNIVERSAL FE 80W90

RADIO FREQUENCY
RADIO FREQUENCY AND
AND LOW
LOW FREQUENCY
FREQUENCY APPROVAL
APPROVAL
Any radio frequency or low frequency equipment fitted as standard in the RENAULT range complies with the essential requirements
of the R & TTE Directive.

The countries that are covered by or agree to this directive are the countries of the European Union, the French overseas
departments and territories, the French Southern and Antarctic Lands, the French territorial communities and:
Algeria, Andorra, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bolivia, Colombia, Costa Rica, Ivory Cost, Cuba, Ecuador, Ethiopia, Georgia, Guatemala,
the Republic of Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Honduras, the Channel Islands, the Cayman Islands, the Canary Islands, the Comoros
Islands, the Faroe Islands, the United States Virgin Islands, India, Ireland, Liberia, Liechtenstein, Macedonia, Mali, Monaco,
Namibia, Nepal, Nicaragua, Niger, Norway, New Zealand, Uganda, Uzbekistan, Panama, Paraguay, Ceuta peninsula, the Czech
Republic, Russia, Rwanda, San Marino, El Salvador, Sudan, Switzerland, Tanzania, Thailand, Turkmenistan, Turkey, Ukraine,
Vatican City, Vietnam,

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Pre-delivery inspection Pre-delivery inspection

PDI PDI
Registration number Model Date of Delivery

Model Invoice number Selling Dealer Name

Date of Service
Name of the Owner VIN

Date of Service
Mileage at Service Engine Number

Mileage at Service Registration number

Authorised Dealer’s Seal & Signature Authorised Dealer’s Seal & Signature

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Preventive Maintenance Preventive Maintenance
Service Coupon Service Coupon I FREE SERVICE
2000 Km / 2 Months
Valid only at RENAULT authorised service station
whichever is earlier
I FREE SERVICE
Model Date of Delivery
2000 Km / 2 Months
whichever is earlier

Registration number Invoice number Selling Dealer Name

Model Name of the Owner VIN

* Only labour is free


Date of Service Date of Service
Engine Number

Mileage at Service Mileage at Service Registration number

I am satisfied with the condition of my vehicle


and have taken delivery of the same.
The dealer has explained the warranty terms,
Mainteance schedule and policies
Authorised Dealer’s Seal & Signature Authorised Dealer’s Seal & Signature
to my satisfaction
Owner’s Signature

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Preventive Maintenance Preventive Maintenance
Service Coupon Service Coupon
II FREE SERVICE
10 000 Km / 12 Months
Valid only at RENAULT authorised service station
II FREE SERVICE whichever is earlier
Model Date of Delivery
10 000 Km / 12 Months
whichever is earlier

Registration number Invoice number Selling Dealer Name

Model Name of the Owner VIN

* Only labour is free


Date of Service Date of Service
Engine Number

Mileage at Service Mileage at Service Registration number

I am satisfied with the condition of my vehicle


and have taken delivery of the same.
The dealer has explained the warranty terms,
Mainteance schedule and policies
Authorised Dealer’s Seal & Signature Authorised Dealer’s Seal & Signature
to my satisfaction
Owner’s Signature

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Preventive Maintenance Preventive Maintenance
Service Coupon Service Coupon
III FREE SERVICE
20 000 Km / 24 Months
Valid only at RENAULT authorised service station
III FREE SERVICE whichever is earlier
Model Date of Delivery
20 000 Km / 24 Months
whichever is earlier

Registration number Invoice number Selling Dealer Name

Model Name of the Owner VIN

* Only labour is free


Date of Service Date of Service
Engine Number

Mileage at Service Mileage at Service Registration number

I am satisfied with the condition of my vehicle


and have taken delivery of the same.
The dealer has explained the warranty terms,
Mainteance schedule and policies
Authorised Dealer’s Seal & Signature Authorised Dealer’s Seal & Signature
to my satisfaction
Owner’s Signature

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
DELIVERY OF YOUR VEHICLE
Dealer Name
Dealer Address

FIRST NAME...................................................................................................................... SUR NAME............................................................................

MODEL............................................................................................................................................................................................................................

VEHICLE DELIVERED ON...............................................................................................................BY...............................................................................

PRESENTATION AND EXPLANATION

1 FRONT OF THE VEHICLE 5 DRIVING POSITION


Eg. Servicing details, Checking the levels,... Eg. Adjusting the driving position. Use of the instrument panel and
controls. Specific points relating to your vehicle.
Eg: Programming the radio, blue tooth, automatic illumination of the
2 FRONT PASSENGER SIDE headlights, etc,…
Eg. Disconnecting the passenger airbag
(to fit a child seat to the front seat), … 6 DEALER SERVICES / DEPARTMENTS

7 WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE CONDITIONS


3 REAR OF THE VEHICLE Eg. Warranty and maintenance documents (Service sheet or warranty
Eg. Location of the spare wheel, tool kit, … & maintenance booklets), maintenance stamps...

4 REAR SEATS 8 ISSUED WITH


Eg . Child safety (Isofix fixing point), Modularity of the seats,….
Two set of keys / Smart access card
Tool kit
» Was your vehicle presented to you as stated above?
Spare tyre
YES NO Vehicle invoice
Insurance cover note
» Did your vehicle match your vehicle order?
Registration document
YES NO Vehicle manual / Quick guide

COMMENTS:

.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Should you require any further details regarding the vehicle handover or if you have any questions relating to your vehicle, please do not hesitate to
contact your Sales or Delivery Advisor.

ENJOY DRIVING YOUR NEW RENAULT!

CUSTOMER SIGNATURE DELIVERY ADVISOR SIGNATURE

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


controls. Specific points relating to your vehicle.
Eg: Programming the radio, blue tooth, automatic illumination of the
2 FRONT PASSENGER SIDE headlights, etc,…
Eg. Disconnecting the passenger airbag
(to fit a child seat to the front seat), … 6 DEALER SERVICES / DEPARTMENTS

7 WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE CONDITIONS


3 REAR OF THE VEHICLE Eg. Warranty and maintenance documents (Service sheet or warranty
Eg. Location of the spare wheel, tool kit, … & maintenance booklets), maintenance stamps...

4 REAR SEATS 8 ISSUED WITH


Eg . Child safety (Isofix fixing point), Modularity of the seats,….
Two set of keys / Smart access card
Tool kit
» Was your vehicle presented to you as stated above?
Spare tyre
YES NO Vehicle invoice
Insurance cover note
» Did your vehicle match your vehicle order?
Registration document
YES NO Vehicle manual / Quick guide

COMMENTS:

.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Should you require any further details regarding the vehicle handover or if you have any questions relating to your vehicle, please do not hesitate to
contact your Sales or Delivery Advisor.

ENJOY DRIVING YOUR NEW RENAULT!

CUSTOMER SIGNATURE DELIVERY ADVISOR SIGNATURE

1st EXEMPLARY : CUSTOMER


2 EXEMPLARY : DELIVERY ADVISOR
nd

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


DELIVERY OF YOUR VEHICLE
Dealer Name
Dealer Address

FIRST NAME...................................................................................................................... SUR NAME............................................................................

MODEL............................................................................................................................................................................................................................

VEHICLE DELIVERED ON...............................................................................................................BY...............................................................................

PRESENTATION AND EXPLANATION

1 FRONT OF THE VEHICLE 5 DRIVING POSITION


Eg. Servicing details, Checking the levels,... Eg. Adjusting the driving position. Use of the instrument panel and
controls. Specific points relating to your vehicle.
Eg: Programming the radio, blue tooth, automatic illumination of the
2 FRONT PASSENGER SIDE headlights, etc,…
Eg. Disconnecting the passenger airbag
(to fit a child seat to the front seat), … 6 DEALER SERVICES / DEPARTMENTS

7 WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE CONDITIONS


3 REAR OF THE VEHICLE Eg. Warranty and maintenance documents (Service sheet or warranty
Eg. Location of the spare wheel, tool kit, … & maintenance booklets), maintenance stamps...

4 REAR SEATS 8 ISSUED WITH


Eg . Child safety (Isofix fixing point), Modularity of the seats,….
Two set of keys / Smart access card
Tool kit
» Was your vehicle presented to you as stated above?
Spare tyre
YES NO Vehicle invoice
Insurance cover note
» Did your vehicle match your vehicle order?
Registration document
YES NO Vehicle manual / Quick guide

COMMENTS:

.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Should you require any further details regarding the vehicle handover or if you have any questions relating to your vehicle, please do not hesitate to
contact your Sales or Delivery Advisor.

ENJOY DRIVING YOUR NEW RENAULT!

CUSTOMER SIGNATURE DELIVERY ADVISOR SIGNATURE

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


controls. Specific points relating to your vehicle.
Eg: Programming the radio, blue tooth, automatic illumination of the
2 FRONT PASSENGER SIDE headlights, etc,…
Eg. Disconnecting the passenger airbag
(to fit a child seat to the front seat), … 6 DEALER SERVICES / DEPARTMENTS

7 WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE CONDITIONS


3 REAR OF THE VEHICLE Eg. Warranty and maintenance documents (Service sheet or warranty
Eg. Location of the spare wheel, tool kit, … & maintenance booklets), maintenance stamps...

4 REAR SEATS 8 ISSUED WITH


Eg . Child safety (Isofix fixing point), Modularity of the seats,….
Two set of keys / Smart access card
Tool kit
» Was your vehicle presented to you as stated above?
Spare tyre
YES NO Vehicle invoice
Insurance cover note
» Did your vehicle match your vehicle order?
Registration document
YES NO Vehicle manual / Quick guide

COMMENTS:

.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Should you require any further details regarding the vehicle handover or if you have any questions relating to your vehicle, please do not hesitate to
contact your Sales or Delivery Advisor.

ENJOY DRIVING YOUR NEW RENAULT!

CUSTOMER SIGNATURE DELIVERY ADVISOR SIGNATURE

1st EXEMPLARY : CUSTOMER


2 EXEMPLARY : DELIVERY ADVISOR
nd

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

You might also like